Draft IEE: India: Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission

Home , Chanderkhani, Khajjiar Lake, Manimahesh Lake, Shamirpur

Initial Environmental Examination

Document Stage: Draft for Discussion Project Number: 43464-026-IND October 2012

India: Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Programme Tranche – 2

Prepared by HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL)

The initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

Table of Contents ABBREVIATIONS iii WEIGHTS AND MEASURES iii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 4 1.1 Background 4 1.2 Scope of Work and Methodology Adopted 5 1.3 Applicable Environmental and other Legislations 6 2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 7 2.1 Type of Project 7 2.2 Category of Project 7 2.3 Need for the Project 8 2.4 Location 10 2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation 24 2.6 Implementation Plan 31 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 33 3.1 Physical Resources 33 3.2 Ecological Resources 40 3.3 Economic Development 44 3.4 Social and Cultural Resources 51 4.0 SCREENING OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 56 4.1 HPPTCL’s Approach for Route Selection 56 4.2 Alternatives for Subproject Components 57 4.3 Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures 61 4.4 Environmental Management Plan 70 5.0 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 73 5.1 Institutional arrangements 73 5.2 Monitoring of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 74 5.3 Environmental Management Plan Budget Costs 75 5.4 Critical Environmental Review Criteria 77 5.5 Associated Facilities 77 5.6 Health and Safety Management 79 6.0 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 80 6.1 Information Disclosure 80 6.2 Awareness of Stakeholders 80 6.3 The Grievance Redress Mechanism 80 7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 82 7.1 Consultation Findings 84 8.0 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 85 9.0 CONCLUSIONS 87 Annexure 1 Applicable Rules, Regulations, Policies and Procedures 88 Annexure 2 Alternative Site Analysis for Grid Substations 90 Annexure 3 Alternative Route Analysis for Transmission Lines 98 Annexure 4 Inventorisation along the Transmission Lines 105 Annexure 5 Environment Management Plan (EMP) 116 Annexure 6 Measurement of Environmental Parameters & Periodicity 123 Annexure 7 Details of Public Consultations 126 Annexure 9 Highlights of Census 2011 in comparison with 2001 data 138 Annexure 10 National Parks and Sanctuaries in Himachal Pradesh 139 Annexure 11 Application for Connectivity for Associated Hydropower Projects to HPPTCL system 150

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank ACSR – Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced AMSL – Average Mean Sea Level CEA – Central Electricity Authority CPCB – Central Pollution Control Board, Government of India DC or D/C – Double Circuit DPR – Detailed Project Report EA – Executing Agency EARF – Environmental Assessment and Review Framework EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment EMoP – Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP – Environmental Management Plan EHV – Extra High Voltage EPC – Engineering, Procurement and Construction ESC – Environment and Social Cell GHG – Green House Gases GoHP – Government of Himachal Pradesh GoI – Government of India GRM – Grievance Redressal Mechanism HP – Himachal Pradesh HPCEDIP – Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Development Investment Program HPCETIP – Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program HPSPCB – HP State Pollution Control Board HPPCL – Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited HPPTCL – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited HPSEB – Himachal Pradesh State Electricity Board IA – Implementing Agency IEE – Initial Environmental Examination LILO – Line – in- Line- out MFF – Multi-tranche Financing Facility MOEF – Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India PCB – Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl PGCIL – Power Grid Corporation of India Limited PMU – Project Management Unit ROW – Right of Way RP – Resettlement Plan SF6 – Sulphur Hexafluoride

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

ha (hectare) – 10,000 sq m km (kilometer) – 1,000 m kV – kilovolt (1,000 volts) kW – kilowatt (1,000 watts) kWh – kilowatt-hour MVA – Megavolt-Amperes MW – Mega Watt

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Himachal Pradesh is a mountainous state in northern India with a population of slightly over 6 million, has abundant water resources in the five major rivers flowing through the state from the western Himalayas. The hydropower generation potential of Himachal Pradesh is about 23,000 MW, which is about one-fourth of the total hydropower potential of India. In its Hydropower Policy (2007)1, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) targets its comparative advantage in hydropower with the goal to become the "hydropower state" of the country.

2. The Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program (HPCETIP) is a $350 million multi tranche financing facility (MFF) from the Asian Development Bank (ADB), which will contribute to economic development in Himachal Pradesh through expanded power supplies from clean energy sources, and support a sustainable electricity sector in the state. HPCETIP will produce the following outcomes: (i) increase availability of clean energy downstream at pooling stations for effective power evacuation in a financially sustainable manner, (ii) improve state finances and power sector financial viability from sales revenue earned from power exports, (iii) improve sector governance, (iv) improve capacity in HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) for better planning, implementation and management of power evacuation infrastructure, and energy efficiency, and (v) improvement in implementation standards of environmental and social safeguards in the sector. With ADB support, the proposed program will sustain the energy sector reform agenda, and is expected to help attract other long-term financiers to the state.

3. The proposed Tranche 2 project, located in Kullu, Mandi, Chamba, Kinnaur and Shimla districts of Himachal Pradesh, consists of the following components:  Power transmission lines: T1 - 66 kV 13.382 km double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV switching station at Urni to Wangtoo GIS substation. T2- 220 kV 1.895 km transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation up to 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. T3- 132 kV 6 km single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/132 kV Banjal GIS substation to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation. T4- 132 kV 10 km D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) to LILO point at 132 kV Kangra-Dehra S/C transmission line. T5 - 220 kV 22.7 km D/C transmission line from Sunda to Hatkoti. T6- 33 kV 11 km D/C line from 33 kV Palchan GIS switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP. T7- 132 kV 38.7 km D/C transmission line from Barsaini to Charor. T8- 220 kV 18.6 km D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL.

 EHV Pooling Substations: S1- 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni. S2- 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA Pooling substation (P.S.) at Lahal. S3- 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS P.S.at Banjal. S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS P.S. at Chambi (Shahpur) with LILO of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line S5 – 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti. S6- 66/132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS pooling substation at Sunda. S7- 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan. S8- 132/220 kV, 2x50/ 63 MVA, GIS substation, Charor. S9- 33/132 kV, 2x 25/ 31.5 MVA GIS substation, Barsaini. S10- 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line

 Capacity Building and Training: HPPTCL needs for capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) shall be undertaken. More training modules may be added in future depending on new staffing situation.

4. As per Government of India’s (GoI) Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Act 2009, Power transmission projects are not listed as environmental sensitive projects and hence no clearance is required from Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB) or Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI. Clearance from HP Forest Department is required only in cases where subproject is constructed on forestland or requires cutting of forest trees. However, National Environmental Policy 2006 of Government of India (GoI) and Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 of ADB and procedures and guidelines thereto apply to all components/subprojects funded by ADB.

5. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) has been prepared for Tranche 2 subprojects funded under HPCETIP. This IEE report comprises baseline data on existing conditions on

1 Government of Himachal Pradesh. 2007. Hydro Power Policy (2007). Shimla.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited physical, ecological, economic, and social aspects, together with the anticipated environmental impacts and proposed mitigation measures. Observations were made between February to September 2012 along the proposed transmission line tower locations, as well as in and around the proposed premises for new substations. The alignment of line may slightly vary after the exact demarcation of tower locations. Field surveys were also undertaken to assess the physical and biological environment. Detailed assessment of the baseline environment was conducted for the entire route of the proposed alignments and data collection from secondary sources has been done to support the findings of the field survey. The field studies were supported by data collected from secondary sources such as internet, forest atlas and published GOIs data from 2001/2011 population census statistics data, as well as from authorities such as HPPTCL, H.P. State Pollution Control Board (HPPCB), Forest and other Departments.

6. The Urni and Lahal substation lands belong to HPPTCL. The Sunda substation land is under advanced stages of acquisition/purchase, whereas Chambi and Pandoh substations are located on government land. The other lands selected at Palchan, Banjal, Charor, Hatkoti, and Barsaini substations are located on private lands. These lands will be purchased at market rates and acquisition of land will not be required from the surrounding communities. For these substation lands, Table 58 gives the total number of trees to be felled. The larger extent of proposed transmission lines from Sunda-Hatkoti (22.7 km), Urni-Wangtoo (13.382 km), Palchan-Prini (11 km), Barsaini-Charor (38.7 km), Charor-Barnala (18.6 km), Banjal-Kuthala (6.0 km), and Lahal- Budhil (1.895 km) will run mostly from hilltop to hilltop through barren lands, cultivated lands, uncultivated lands and forestlands. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any reserve forests or any sanctuary and national parks in the state. However, some trees will be required to be felled that fall under the RoW for which CA will be done as per Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (including its amendments) and as per HPPTCL’s Enviroment and Social Safeguards Policy 2011 (as listed in HPPTCL website) for the transmission line.

7. Environmental impacts are likely to result from the proposed project development, though impacts are manageable and can be managed cost effectively. Careful mitigation and monitoring, specific selection criteria and review/assessment procedures for all subprojects have been followed to ensure that minimal impacts take place. The detailed design would ensure that any such environmental impacts, that could not be specified or identified at this stage, are taken into account when they occur and mitigated as necessary. Those impacts can be reduced through the use of mitigation measures such as correction in work practices at the construction sites, or through the careful selection of sites and access routes. The number of trees to be felled can be significantly reduced by using flexible tower placement, conductor height, and using hilltop-to- hilltop routes. Crop damage will be evaluated during detailed survey by the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) contractor.

8. The proposed project will have a number of positive impacts and negative impacts on the existing environment as follows:

Positive Impacts:  The proposed project will improve operational efficiency and quality of power, reliability of the system and at the same time will reduce losses due to interconnection with HPSEBL network and hence virtual upradation to higher voltage level and better voltage profile. Evacuation of power to both the local areas and regions outside the state will boost overall economic development of the state due to extra revenues generated by power sold outside the state due to additional power evacuation infrastructure.

Negative Impacts:  Removal of trees for the transmission line is the main negative impact on the proposed project area, which will be compensated by the compensatory afforestation (CA) by the

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited forest department.  Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the farming activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, and vibration due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project.  Though most of the lines will pass from hilltop to hilltop, the loss of agricultural productivity due to reduction of land for agricultural and horticultural purposes will be minimal. Any loss of crop, fruit/non-fruit tree that will be felled will be compensated based on established rates by concerned Forest/Horticulture departments of GoHP.

9. Various mitigation measures to be taken prior to the project activities are listed in the project's IEE/EMP. Potential adverse environment impacts associated with transmission lines have been avoided or minimised through careful route selection. The alignment is sited away from major settlements, whenever possible, to account for future urban expansion. Reserve forests areas and thick vegetation areas are avoided. However, route alignment passes through barren lands, fruit orchards, and forests lands and avoids any national park or sanctuary. The alignments in this project will also avoid reserve forest areas as well as geologically unstable areas, which can also pose foundation related problems. Land acquisition is required for placing transmission towers on private land as per standard practise. The land shall be purchased at mutually agreed rates or even acquired as per GoHP rules. Whereever the land is not acquired, any physical damage to the crops during the construction phase of the project will be compensated at the time of damage as per GoHP rules as the impacts on agricultural/horticultural lands will be restricted to the construction phase and will be temporary in nature.

10. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

11. Associated Facilities. There are several hydropower projects (HEPs) that will connect to these lines and substations in the future and HPPTCL will evaluate these projects once their details are provided by the project proponents. HPPTCL has a standard application procedure prescribed by HP Energy Regulatory Commission (HPERC) making it mandatory for all associated HEPs to provide information to ensure that their facilities comply with GoI and GoHP rules for environmental and social clearances before they connect to the HPPTCL transmission system.

12. Public Consultations. Public consultations with the project affected communities, stakeholders, and government officers focussed on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/ substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation have been completed.

13. Since the HPCETIP does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts, the present IEE has been prepared to determine the impact of power transmission aspects as per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and consistent with ADB’s Operations Manual F1/BP and F1/OP (2003), and Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003). Accordingly, the environmental classification for the Tranche 2 projects is “Environment Category B”.

14. Conclusion. Benefits far outweigh negative impacts. Overall, the major social and environmental impacts associated with transmission projects are limited to the construction period and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of recommended measures and by best engineering and environmental practices.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 4

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background 1. The hydropower generation potential of Himachal Pradesh is about 23,000 MW, which is about one-fourth of the total hydropower potential of India. In its Hydropower Policy (2007)2, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) targets its comparative advantage in hydropower with the goal to become the "hydropower state" of the country. The state's hydropower development includes construction of enabling infrastructure such as road access and transmission interconnections to facilitate hydropower development, and to encourage investment from the state, central government and private sectors in hydropower generation projects—the majority of which are run-off-river type. This will improve state finances from sales revenue earned from supplying surplus power to the national grid. In addition to developing its hydropower resources, HP has to build out its electric transmission infrastructure so that the additional power can be efficiently transmitted within the state and exported to the national grid.

2. For improvement, strengthening of existing and building of new infrastructure for effective power evacuation, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) through the Government of India (GoI), had requested the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for a multi- tranche financing facility (MFF) to partly finance the power sector investment program in the state. The investment program covers investments for transmission of clean energy to National Grid of India by construction of pooling substations and EHV transmission lines. To implement this activity, Himachal Pradesh Government has established H.P. Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) vide HP Government Notification Nos.: MPP-A (1)-4/2006-Loose dated 11th September, 2008 as the State Transmission Utility (STU).

3. The $350 million investments in the MFF will contribute to support the economic development in Himachal Pradesh through expanded power supplies from clean energy sources, and support a sustainable state electricity sector in the state. The Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program (HPCETIP) will produce the following outcomes: (i) increase availability of clean energy downstream at pooling stations for effective power evacuation in a financially sustainable manner, (ii) improve state finances and power sector financial viability from sales revenue earned from power exports, (iii) improve sector governance, (iv) improve capacity in HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) for better planning, implementation and management of power evacuation infrastructure, and energy efficiency through a better power management program, and (v) improvement in implementation standards of environmental and social safeguards in the sector. With ADB support, the proposed program will sustain the energy sector reform agenda, and is expected to help attract other long-term financiers to the state.

4. The proposed Tranche 2 Project, located in Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Kinnaur, Mandi and Shimla districts of Himachal Pradesh, consists of the following components: Table 1 gives the investment component costs for Tranche 2. The following sections present each of these components. Table 1: Tranche 2 Subprojects SNo Name of Sub Project Cost in Million US Dollars COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 2.88 T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS 2.02 substation COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 12.13 T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of 1.81 Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 8.21

2 Government of Himachal Pradesh, Hydro Power Policy (2007). Shimla.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 5

SNo Name of Sub Project Cost in Million US Dollars T3 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation 4.51 S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) T4 132 kV D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra 10.40 S/C transmission line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti 9.76 T5 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti 15.28 S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 15.50 COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan 1.09 T6 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of 7.16 Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor 13.93 T8 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL 9.92 S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 14.10 S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 10.20 S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission 8.90 line Sub Total for Sub-projects 147.80 V. Capacity Development etc. 7.20 Total in Cost in million US Dollars 155.0

5. The Tranche 2 sub-projects are estimated to cost US$ 155 Million (including contingencies and interest during construction). HPPTCL is both the Executive Agency (EA) and Implementation Agency for the project. The Project Management Unit (PMU), headed by Senior Project Manager (Planning), was established at corporate level located in Shimla who is assisted by corresponding personnel from various functions – Administration and Finance, Planning and Design, Procurement and contracts, Environment and Social Cell (ESC) and Project Construction. Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at divisional level are headed by Executive Engineers at four geographic locations in the state.

1.2 Scope of Work and Methodology Adopted 6. This Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) has been prepared for the Tranche 2 subprojects funded under HPCETIP. This IEE requires identification of potential environmental issues associated with the project and appropriate mitigation measures to be put in place to minimize the environmental impact. The broad scope of the IEE is: i) To conduct field visits to collect data relevant to the study area and also collect secondary data so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the study area; ii) To assess the impacts on environmental attributes due to the location, design, construction and operation of the proposed Project; iii) To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for mitigating the impacts for protecting the environment including institutional arrangements; iv) To identify critical environmental parameters required to be monitored subsequent to the implementation of the proposed project; v) To carry out consultation with local people to identify public perception regarding the project; and vi) To establish an Environment Monitoring Plan for HPPTCL to submit environmental monitoring reports to ADB at regular intervals.

7. This IEE report comprises baseline data on existing conditions on physical, ecological, economic and social aspects, together with the anticipated environmental impacts and proposed mitigation measures. Observations were made along the proposed transmission line tower locations, as well as in and around the proposed premises for new substations between February to September 2012. The alignment of transmission line may slightly vary after the exact demarcation of tower locations. Field surveys were also undertaken to assess the physical and biological environment. Detailed assessment of the baseline environment has been conducted for the entire route of the proposed alignments and data collection from secondary sources has been done to support the findings of the field survey. The field studies

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 6 were supported by data collected from secondary sources such as the internet, forest atlas and published GoI’s data from 2001 population census statistics data, as well as from authorities such as HPPCL, HP State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB), Forest and other departments.

8. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water bodies and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, and land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be provided for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

9. Public consultations with the project affected communities, stakeholders, and government officers focussed on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation. Since the HPCETIP does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts, the present IEE has been prepared to determine the impact of power transmission aspects as per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003)3. Accordingly, the environmental classification for the Tranche 2 project for Bhabha Nagar division are, “Environment Category B”.

1.3 Applicable Environmental and other Legislations 10. As per GoI’s Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2009, Power transmission projects are not listed as environmental sensitive projects and hence no clearance is required from Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB) or Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI. Clearance from HP Forest Department is required only in cases where subproject is constructed on forestland or requires cutting of forest trees. Moreover, National Environmental Policy 2006 of Government of India (GoI) and Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 of ADB and procedures and guidelines as listed in Annexure 1 thereto apply to all components/subprojects funded by ADB.

11. The Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, vide its Notification Nos. S.O. 1533 dated September 14, 2006, reengineered the EIA process in India, also decentralized some powers, and made provision to constitute the State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) and the State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) for performing functions under the said Notification. For the HP State, the SEIAA and SEAC was constituted vide the MoEF, GoI, Notification Nos. S.O. 1735 (E) dated October 11, 2007; however, both SEAC and SEIAA of Himachal Pradesh were reconstituted/ re-notified on March 21, 2011 vide Nos. S.O. 608 (E). In addition, the Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board's (HPSPCB) guidelines for project proponents apply to all HP state projects.

12. HPPTCL has notified an “Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP) May 2011” and a “Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy May 2011”, which includes various safeguards principles and strategies as well as outlines methods for calculation of compensation, taking into account the prevailing market prices.

3 ADB 2003: Operations Manual, Environment Policy, Environmental Guidelines for Selected Industrial and Power Projects, and Environmental Assessment Guidelines, Manila.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 7

2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

2.1 Type of Project 13. The comprehensive Power System Master Plan4, completed in December 2010 with ADB assistance, considers transmission requirements in each of HP’s five major river basins where hydropower generation is either being built or planned, with an overarching objective of economic least cost development at appropriate levels of supply security and reliability. This includes overhead transmission line planning, substation equipment planning, and system integration into the National Electricity Plan.

14. Consequent to the recommendations of the master plan under HPCETIP, Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) pooling substation are proposed in place of conventional Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) substations to reduce cost of development of land and civil works which forms a major part of capital cost in mountaneous terrain. Power evacuation systems have been designed so that each developer is provided with two distinct points for power evacuation. This arrangement provides reliability and any fault at one point can ensure continuity of power.

15. The project also includes institutional strengthening initiatives for the state’s power sector entities. Specific to transmission, this includes capacity development objectives for further corporatization of HPPTCL and installation of enterprise resource planning software, given the considerable investment plans for additional hydropower and commensurate transmission system investments in HP and HPPTCL’s central role in new transmission system upgrades as an STU.

2.2 Category of Project 16. The Tranche 2 components of the Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Project includes: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects  Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni.  Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation.

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects  Subproject S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S.) at Lahal.  Subproject T2 - 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP.  Subproject S3 - 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal  Subproject T3 - 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation  Subproject S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur).  Subproject T4- 132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation with LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line.

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects  Subproject S5 - 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti.  Subproject T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti.  Subproject S6 – 66/132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda.

4 Funded under a component of TA 7181-IND: Capacity Building for Himachal Pradesh Power Sector Agencies.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 8

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects  Subproject S7 - 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan.  Subproject T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP.  Subproject T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor.  Subproject T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL  Subproject S8 - 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor.  Subproject S9 - 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini.  Subproject S10 - 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line.

Capacity Building and Training 17. HPPTCL, established on 11th September 2008, has been hiring staff on secondment from the previously unbundled HP State Electricity Board Limited (HPSEBL). To have effective and oriented personnel, HPPTCL needs capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP). More training modules may be added in future depending on emerging staffing situation.

2.3 Need for the Project 18. Due to the fast emerging energy demand in the country, there is a distinct necessity for strengthening and expanding the transmission networks. Himachal Pradesh is going to be the hub of clean energy generating facilities through hydroelectric potential. As a number of new projects are planned in Pabbar, Sangla, Ravi, Beas, Satluj River basins, HPPTCL is intending to construct an Integrated Transmission System in the area due to limited corridor availability and mountaneous terrain constraints. This will take care of network reliability and redundancy in the system to evacuate power in case of an outage of any transmission line because of unforeseen conditions. In most cases, the circuit outage contingency is taken care of although tower outage contingency is not being met. Figure 1 gives the location of the transmission lines and the substations within the HP state.

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects 19. To evacuate overall power generated in Satluj basin, a 66 kV switching substation is proposed to be constructed at Urni and it will be connected to proposed 400 kV substation of Power Grid nearby through Wangtoo substation funded by ADB in Tranche - 1 which will cater to 421 MW power from various HEPs of Satluj basin. Figure 2 gives the location of the transmission lines and substation within the district.

Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni. Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation. 20. This project is being constructed to evacuate power from small HEPs installed through Himurja in Sangla valley (Satluj basin) which are estimated to be of the order of 45 MW. From this 66 kV substation at Urni, a 66 kV D/C transmission line shall emanate and interface at 66/220/400 kV pooling station at Wangtoo (Sherpa Colony). 66/220/400 KV GIS substation will be created by Line-in Line-out (LILO) of two circuits of the existing 220 KV Kashang- Bhaba

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 9 transmission line and two circuits of 400 kV Wangtoo- Abdullapur D/C transmission line.

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects 21. Figure 5 gives the location of the transmission lines and substation within the district.

Subproject S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal. Subproject T2 - 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. 22. Approximately 65.8 MW to be evacuated in Ravi river basin in Bharmour area and to save the corridor, it is proposed to evacuate this power through a D/C 220 kV transmission line with twin moose conductor. Lahal substation is being constructed to evacuate 136 MW power generated from HEPs to be installed through Himurja in Bharmor, Gharola, and Holi areas of Ravi River basin. This transmission line will connect to Jalandhar via PGCIL 400 kV transmission line from Chamera PS. This will take care of network reliability and redundancy in the system to evacuate power in case of outage of any transmission line because of unforeseen conditions.

Subproject S3 - 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal. Subproject T3 - 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation. 23. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 81 MW power from HEPs in Churah valley in Ravi basin as well as additional capacity to be installed through Himurja from the 33/132 kV Banjal substation. This transmission line will further transfer power to 400 kV PGCIL station Jalandhar through LILO of 132 kV Kurthala - Bathri transmission line at 132/220 kV Mazra substation, 220 kV Mazra - Karian 220 kV substation (HPPTCL), 220 kV Karian- 400/220 kV Chamera PS (PGCIL) and 400 kV Chamera substation - Jalandhar transmission line (PGCIL).

 Subproject S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur).  Subproject T4- 132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line. 24. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 42.4 MW power from Shahpur area of Ravi basin, which will further transfer to 220/400 kV Hamirpur substation (PGCIL) through Dehra – Hamirpur 132 kV D/C transmission line and 132/220 kV Hamirpur substation (HPSEBL). About 35.8 MW of small HEPs (SHEPs) are expected to be commissioned during the year 2014 and an additional 6.6 MW by year 2018 from other SHEPs. Hence this system needs to be in place by the time the HEPs are commissioned.

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 25. The transmission of power from the Pabbar basin to the northern grid will provide a tremendous boost to the economic development of Himachal Pradesh. Figure 12 gives the location of transmission lines and substations within the district.

 Subproject S5 - 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti  Subproject T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti  Subproject S6 – 66/132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 26. The new 220 kV switching substation will evacuate 524 MW power from the Pabbar River basin developers to the national grid through Abdullapur – Jhakri transmission line passing nearby. At 220 kV Hatkoti switching station, the envisaged 456 MW power of Pabbar basin will be pooled in by constructing two 220 kV D/C lines, one 220 kV D/C HPPCL dedicated

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 10

Sawra Kuddu Hatkoti transmission line with single Zebra and 2nd 220 kV D/C HPPTCL integrated Sunda- Hatkoti transmission line with twin moose conductor to avoid running of parallel transmission line and restricting ROW. The Tangnu Romai (44 MW+6 MW Tangnu Romai SHP) and Dhamwari-Sunda (70 MW), Chirgaon-Majhgaon (60MW), Paudital Lassa (24MW) HEPs are expected to be commissioned during the year 2016 and by the year 2017 an additional 59.3 MW (including 45 MW Rupin) is expected from various SHEPs. The 111-MW Sara-Kuddu HEP shall also be finally interfaced at 220 KV S/S Hatkoti.

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects 27. Figure 16 gives the location of the transmission lines and substation within the district.

 Subproject S7 - 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan  Subproject T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 28. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 57 MW power in Upper Beas valley. This transmission line will connect 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan with 220/33 kV, 25/31.5 MVA substation being installed at 220 kV switchyard of Allian Dhungain HEP (IPP), Prini which will transfer the power to Nalagarh 220/400 kV substation of PGCIL and further to 400 kV station at Hissar (Haryana); 23 MW from HEPs is expected to be commissioned by 2013-14.

 Subproject T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor  Subproject S8 - 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 29. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 113 MW power. This transmission line will connect 33/132 kV GIS Barsaini substation with 132/220 kV GIS substation at Charor, which will transfer power to PGCIL 220/400 kV Sub- station at Banala through 220 kV D/C Chhor to Banala transmission line, which will further transfer the power to 400 kV PGCIL PS Amritsar through 400/220 kV Banala (PGCIL) PS - Amritsar 400 kV D/C transmission line (PGCIL). The substation will evacuate 289 MW power in Parbati valley in the Beas basin. By the year 2015, a total of 58 MW power is expected to be evacuated through 132 KV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to Banala.

 Subproject T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL  Subproject S9 - 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 30. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 289 MW power from HEPs in Parbati valley of Beas basin upstream of Charor. By the year 2015, total 185 MW power and by the year 2017, an additional 36.6 MW is expected to be evacuated through 220 kV D/C (twin moose) transmission line from Charor to Banala.

 Subproject S10 - 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line 31. The substation will be constructed to evacuate power 54 MW in Pandoh area in the Beas basin. As a number of new projects are coming in this area, HPPTCL has proposed the LILO of existing 132 kV Bajaura to Kangoo transmission line of HPSEBL 220 kV Panchkulla substation of Haryana through Khunihar 132/220 kV substation.

2.4 Location 32. The proposed sub-projects are located in different areas of the HP state. Table 2 indicates details of the proposed sub-project locations:

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 11

Table 2: Different locations of proposed subprojects. PIU Sub-projects Tehsil District Bhabha Nagar S1, T1 Nichar Kinnaur Chamba S2, T2, S3, T3, S4, T4 Bharmour, Churah, Shahpur Chamba, Kangra Rohru S5, T5, S6 Jubbal, Chirgaon, Rohroo Shimla Sarabhai S7, T6, T7, T8, S8, S9, S10 Manali, Kullu, Sadar Mandi. Kullu and Mandi

33. Figure 1 provides general location map for all projects proposed under the loan. Figures 2-23 provide the topographic survey details for the transmission line showing tower locations on 1:50,000 topographic map and the substation locations. The list of all figures is given below in Table 3 below:

Table 3: List of figures for Tranche 2 OVERALL HIMACHAL PRADESH STATE TRANCHE 2 PROJECTS Figure 1 COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects Figure 2 S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni Figure 3 T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation Figure 4 COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects Figure 5 S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal Figure 6 T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil Figure 7 HEP. S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal Figure 8 T3 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation Figure 9 S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) Figure 10 T4 132 kV S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C Figure 11 transmission line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects Figure 12 S5 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti Figure 13 T5 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti Figure 14 S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda Figure 15 COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects Figure 16 S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan Figure 17 T6 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Figure 18 Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor Figure 19 T8 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL Figure 20 S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor Figure 21 S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini Figure 22 S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line Figure 23

34. The Urni and Lahal substation lands belong to HPPTCL. The Sunda substation land is under advanced stages of acquisition/purchase, whereas Chambi and Pandoh substations are located on government land. The other lands selected at Palchan, Banjal, Charor, Hatkoti, and Barsaini substations are located on private lands. These lands will be purchased at market rates and acquisition of land will not be required from the surrounding communities. For these substation lands, Table 58 gives the total number of trees to be felled. Larger extent of proposed transmission lines from Sunda-Hatkoti (22.7 km), Urni-Wangtoo (13.382 km), Palchan-Prini (11 km), Barsaini-Charor (38.7 km), Charor-Barnala (17 km), Banjal-Kuthala (6 km), and Lahal-Budhil (1.895 km) will run mostly from hilltop to hilltop through barren lands, cultivated lands, uncultivated lands, and forestlands. The number of trees to be felled can be significantly reduced by using flexible tower placement, conductor height, and by using hilltop- to-hilltop routes. Crop damage will be evaluated during detailed survey by the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) contractor. None of these lines passes through any sanctuary or forest reserves. However, trees will be removed from the project area for RoW as prescribed in Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (including its amendments) and as per HPPTCL’s Environment and Social Policy (2011) for the transmission lines.

35. No wildlife sanctuary, national parks or ecologically sensitive areas are present in the nearby area of the right of way (RoW) as can be seen in Figure A10 (in Annexure 10).

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 12 Figure 1: Location of all Tranche 2 subprojects in HP state

Figure 2: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 13 Figure 3: Proposed site for Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni

Figure 4: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) for Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation

The final alignment of transmission line is marked in red.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 14 Figure 5: COMPONENT II. - Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects

Figure 6: Proposed site for subproject S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S.) at Lahal

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 15 Figure 7: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 Figure 8: Proposed site for Subproject S3 - 33/132 scale) of subproject T2 - 220 kV single circuit kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP.

Figure 9: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T3 - 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation

The final alignment of transmission line is marked in red

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 16 Figure 10: Proposed site for Subproject S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur)

Figure 11: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) Subproject T4- 132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 17 Figure 12: COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects

Figure 13: Proposed Subproject S5 - 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 18 Figure 14: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti

The final alignment of transmission line is marked in red.

Figure 15: Proposed Subproject S6 - 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 19 Figure 16: COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects

Figure 17: Proposed Subproject S7 - 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 20 Figure 18: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 21 Figure 19: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor

Figure 20: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 22 Figure 21: Proposed Subproject S8 - 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor

Figure 22: Proposed site for Subproject S9 - 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 23 Figure 23: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) Subproject S10 - 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 24 2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation

36. Turnkey construction of the following components fall within the scope of the IEE. The details of the Project components are presented below:

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU subprojects (Kinnaur District) 37. The Tranche 2 projects of Bhabha Nagar division are located in the Kinnaur District of Himachal Pradesh. Table 4 provides general information about the district.

Table 4: General profile of Kinnaur district SNo General Information Kinnaur 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 6,401 2. Administrative Divisions (2001) i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 5 & 1 ii) Number of CD Blocks 3 iii) Number of Panchayats 65 iv) Number of Villages 660 3. Population (2001 Census) 78,334 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 12 ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 100 & 0 iii) SC & ST Population (in percent) 9 & 71 iv) Sex Ratio (F:M) 857 4. Average Annual Rainfall (mm) 816

Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 38. This switching station will connect Abdullapur (Haryana) via HPPTCL Wangtoo 66/220/400 kV substation, which will further transfer the power to 400 kV PGCIL station at Abdullapur through Abdullapur 400 kV D/C transmission line (PGCIL-JP). The work involves construction of a new switching substation of voltage 66 kV near Urni in the Kinnaur district of Himachal Pradesh. The switching substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and purchased by HPPTCL by mutual agreement.

39. The switching substation will be envisaged with the following components :  Bus configuration for switching substation will be double bus scheme for 66 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA.

 The details of substation are listed below 66 kV Bays Line Bays 2 Bus Coupler 1

 66 kV bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this switching station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms.

40. This substation is being constructed to evacuate 45 MW power generated from various HEPs in Sangla valley of Satluj basin. The work involves construction of a new 66 kV switching substation, at Urni in the Kinnaur district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on vacant and barren private land identified and purchased by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 5.

Table 5: Details of S1: Urni substation site SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 5,057 sqm 2 Geographical coordinates N - 31°31'37.2" E - 78°08'18.7" 3 Village / town Urni, District Kinnaur 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Steep sloping land 6 Kind of land Non Agricultural 7 River (if any) Satluj River on southern side 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Urni Drain

Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation 41. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 45 MW power generated

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 25 from Raura-II 20 MW (2015), Raura 8 MW (2014), Shaung 3 MW (2013), Brua 9 MW (2014), and Rukti-II 5 MW (2012) in Sangla valley of Satluj basin. This transmission line will connect Abdullapur (Haryana) via HPPTCL Wangtoo 66/220/400 kV substation, which will further transfer the power to 400 kV PGCIL station at Abdullapur through 400/220/66 kV HPPTCL PSS Wangtoo through Wangtoo Abdullapur 400 kV D/C transmission line (PGCIL- JP). The transmission line will be constructed on self-supporting lattice type steel towers with 0.15 sq. inch “WOLF” conductor. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of Sangla valley (Satluj basin) estimated to be of the order of 45 MW in N-15 contingency.

42. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 6 below. Table 6: T1: Urni-Wangtoo transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 13.382 km 2 Total Tower locations 44 no. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 30 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 05 no 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 134 no 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 97 no 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 16.3 km aerial distance from Rakchham Chitkul Wildlife Sanctuary

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba district) subprojects 43. The Tranche 2 projects of Chamba division are located in the Chamba and Kangra district of Himachal Pradesh. Table 7 provides general information about the district.

Table 7: General profile of Chamba district SNo. General Information Chamba 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 6528 2. ii) Administrative Divisions (2001) 10 i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 7 ii) Number of CD Blocks 1591 iii) Number of Panchayats 270 iv) Number of Villages 1118 3. Population (2001 Census) 460,887 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 70.6 ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 7.5 and 92.5 iii) SC & ST Population (in percent) 20.03 and 25.51 iv) Sex Ratio (F:M) 959 :1000 4. Average Annual Rainfall (mm) 1952

Subproject S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 44. The work involves construction of a new pooling substation of voltage 33/220 kV in Lahal in the Chamba district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 8.

Table 8: S2: Lahal substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 38,642 sq m 2 Geographical coordinates 32°28´13 N 76°28´08 E 3 Village / town Lahal 4 Ownership of land HPPTCL (acquired through LA Act) 5 Slope/Plain land Sloped 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Ravi (0.5 m) 8 Permanent feature nearby if any SH 33 touching the site

45. The 1x50/63 MVA, 220/33KV pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components :  Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 220 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA.

5 The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components still available) IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 26  List components of substation are listed below 220 kV Bays 33 kVBays Line Bays 1 6 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays 1 1

 33 kV bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this sub station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms.

Subproject T2 - 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line on D/C towers from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. 46. The transmission line will be constructed on self-supporting latticed type steel towers with single zebra conductor. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of Bharmour, Holi and Gharola areas of Ravi basin) is estimated to be of the order of 136 MW in N-1 contingency.

47. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 9 below.

Table 9: T2: Lahal-Budhil transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 1.895 km 2 Total Tower locations 8 Nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 1 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 0 no 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 55 no 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 0 no 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 8 km from Tunda Wlidlife Sanctuary

Subproject S3 - 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 48. The work involves construction of a new pooling substation of voltage 33/132 kV in Banjal in Chamba district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and being acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 10.

Table 10: S3: Banjal substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm 2 Geographical coordinates 32°54.030´N 76°13.775´E 3 Village / town Banjal 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Sloping 6 Kind of land Agricutural land 7 River (if any) Baira (2.5 km.) 8 Permanent feature nearby if any 10 km from Chaurassi Temple

49. The 1x50/63 MVA, 33/132 kV pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components :  Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 132 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA.

 List components of substation are listed below 132 kV Bays 33 kV Bays Line Bays 1 6 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays 1 1

 33 kV bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this sub station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms

Subproject T3 - 132 kV S/C transmission line on D/C towers from 33/132 kV GIS substation IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 27 Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation 50. 132 kV S/C transmission line on D/C towers with ACSR Panther conductor from proposed 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV substation Kurthala.

51. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 11 below.

Table 11: T3: Banjal – Kuthala transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 6 km 2 Total Tower locations 32 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 04 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled to be estimated after final line survey 7 No of fruit trees to be felled to be estimated after final line survey 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 10 km from Gamgul Siahbehi Wildlife Sanctuary

Subproject S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) Subproject T4 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 52. The work involves construction of a pooling switching substation of voltage 33/132 kV in Chambi in the Kangra district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on government land identified and being acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 12.

Table 12: S4: Chambi substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm 2 Geographical coordinates 32011’13” N 760 13’ 9”E 3 Village / town Mundla 4 Ownership of land Government 5 Slope/Plain land Sloping (elevation 665 m) 6 Kind of land Low lying 7 River (if any) 5 m from Chambi khad 8 Permanent feature nearby if any 20 m from NH bridge

53. The 2x25/31.5 MVA, 33/132 kV pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components :  Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 132 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA.  List components of substation are listed below 132 kV Bays 33 kV Bays Line Bays 2 0 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays 2 2* * No 33 kV bays in DPR

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 54. The Tranche 2 subprojects of Rohru division are located in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. Table 13 provides general information about the district.

Table 13: General Profile of Shimla Districts SNo. GENERAL INFORMATION Shimla o 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 5,131 2. Administrative Divisions (2001) i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 12 & 5 ii) Number of CD Blocks 9 iii) Number of Panchayats 337 iv) Number of Villages 2,914 3. Population (2001 Census) 722,502 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 141

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 28 SNo. GENERAL INFORMATION Shimla o ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 77 & 23 iii) SC & ST Population (in percent) 26 & 0.60 iv) Sex Ratio (F:M) 896: 1000 4. Average Annual Rainfall (mm) 1,180

Subproject S5 - 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti 55. The work involves construction of 220 kV GIS switching station near Hatkoti in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. The switching station is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 14.

Table 14: S5: Hatkoti substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 14,400 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 310 08’19”N 77044’20”E 3 Village / town Sari 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Aerial distance of 2 km 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Sari – Khara Patthar link road

56. The substation will be envisaged with the following components :  Bus configuration for switching substation will be double bus scheme for 220 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA.  List components of substation are listed below Sno. Type of Bay Nos. 1 220 kV Bays i. Line Bays 4 ii. Bus Coupler 1 iii. Bus Sectionalizer - iv Transformer Bays -

Subproject T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti 57. Overview of the transmission line is provided in Table 14 below. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 15 below.

Table 15: T5: Sunda-Hatkoti transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 22.7 km. 2 Total Tower locations 65 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 24 times. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 17 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 40 nos 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 56 nos 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National 8 km aerial distance from Talra Wildlife Park Sanctuary

58. The line will be constructed on self-supporting latticed type steel towers with Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced (ACSR) Moose conductor in bundle of two conductors per phase. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of 524 MW in N-16 contingency, a twin bundle conductor will be used. This line is being constructed to evacuate 524 MW power generated from various HEPs in Pabbar River basin.

Subproject S6 - 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda

6 The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components still available) IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 29 59. The work involves construction of 132/220 kV GIS pooling substation at Sunda in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Table 16 given salient features of the site.

Table 16: S6: Sunda Pooling substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 17,525 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 31°13’57.2”N, 77° 44’20”E 3 Village / town Chirgaon 4 Ownership of land Private agriculture land 5 Slope/Plain land Plain 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Pabbar 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Substation site is near the junction of river and khud.

60. The substation will be envisaged with the following components :  2 nos. 100 MVA, 132/220 kV transformer bank  Bus configuration for sub-station will be double bus scheme for 132 kV and 220 kV levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA.  List of components of substation are listed below: S no. Type of Bay nos. 1 220 kV Bays i. Line Bays 2 ii. Bus Coupler 2 iii. Transformer Bays 2 2 132 kV Bays i. Line Bays 0 ii. Bus Coupler 3 iii. Transformer Bays 2

61. The new 220/132 kV pooling substation will evacuate 524 MW power from the Pabbar River basin developers to the national grid through 400 kV Abdullapur – Jhakri transmission line of PGCIL passing nearby. The transmission of power from the Pabbar basin to the grid will provide a tremendous boost to the economic development of Himachal Pradesh.

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects 62. The Tranche 2 subprojects of Sarabhai division are located in the Kullu and Mandi districts of Himachal Pradesh. Table 17 provides general information about the district.

Table 17: General Profile of Kullu district SNo. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 5,503 2. ii) Administrative Divisions (2001) i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 4 & 2 ii) Number of Blocks 5 iii) Number of 4 iv) Number of Villages 172 3. Population (2011 Census) 437,474 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 79 ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 90.57 & 9.43 iii) Sex Ratio (F:M) 950: 1000 4. Average Annual Rainfall (cm) 100 - 137 Source: Provisional census 2011 and District Statistical Abstract

Subproject S7 - 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan 63. The work involves construction of 33 kV GIS switching station near Palchan in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 18.

Table 18: S7: Palchan substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 2,250 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 32° 18'17.69"N, 77°10'25.18"E 3 Village / town Barua 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Slope

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 30 SNo. Feature Description 6 Kind of land Apple Orchard 7 River (if any) Beas River at 200m 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Beas River

Subproject T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 64. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure - 3 and a summary in Table 19 below.

Table 19: T6: Palchan-Prini transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 11 km. 2 Total Tower locations 87 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 times 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 2 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 715 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 200 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 10 km from Manali Wildlife Sanctuary

Subproject T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor 65. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure - 3 and a summary in Table 20 below.

Table 20: T7: Barsaini – Charor transmission line details SNo. Feature Description 1 Length of line estimated 38.7 km. 2 Nos. of Towers estimated 130 nos (Approx). 3 Nos. of Railway Crossings 0 nos. 4 Nos. of Road Crossings 2 times. 5 Nos. of Existing HT line Crossings 4 nos. 6 Nos. of Forest trees to be felled 3200 7 No of Fruit trees to be felled 486 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ 4 km from Great Himalayan National Park National Park

Subproject T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL 66. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure - 3 and a summary in Table 21 below.

Table 21: T8: Charor - Banala transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 18.6 km 2 Total Tower locations 5861 nos (Approx). 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 times. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 1 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 780 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 486 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 16 km from Great Himalayan National Park

Subproject S8 - 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 67. The work involves construction of 132/220 kV GIS substation near Charor in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 22.

Table 22: S8: Charor substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 11,280 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 31054’ 32.10”N, 770 11’ 25.21.” E 3 Village / town Charor 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Steped/Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Charor Drain

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 31 SNo. Feature Description 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Charor Drain

Subproject S9 - 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 68. The work involves construction of 33/132 kV GIS substation near Barsaini in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 23.

Table 23: S9: Barsaini substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 32°01’69”N and 77°26’ 55.08”E 3 Village / town Tosh 4 Ownership of land Private land 5 Slope/Plain land Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Parvati river 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Parvati river 400 m

Subproject S10 - 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line 69. The work involves construction of 33/132 kV GIS pooling substation at Pandoh in the Mandi district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Table 24 given salient features of the site.

Table - 24: S10: Pandoh Pooling substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 31 41’ 22.19” N, 77 02’ 26.08 “ E 3 Village / town Jagar 4 Ownership of land Bhakra Beas Management Board 5 Slope/Plain land Plain 6 Kind of land Government waste 7 River (if any) Beas river 1 km 8 Permanent feature nearby if any NH 22 about 700 m.

2.6 Implementation Plan 70. The proposed Project involves construction of approximately 116 km of transmission lines of various voltages 220/132/66/33 kV and 7 substations of 652 MVA transformation capacity and 3 switching substations. The construction of substations involves private land purchase option or land acquisition in Charor, Sunda, Hatkoti, Banjal, Hatkoti, and Banjal whereas the land belongs to BBMB in Jagar near Pandoh, government land for Chambi, and two lands have been purchased/acquired by HPPTCL in Urni and Lahal respectively.

71. For construction of transmission lines, the project would involve survey work, forest work and clearance, design and engineering of plant equipment, floating tenders for procurement, civil works related to 220/132/66/33 kV lines and 220/132/66/33 kV GIS substations testing and commissioning. Total project work is expected to be complete in 48 months. The total project cost including interest during construction (IDC) and contingencies is USD 155 million. The total cost for the construction of transmission system strengthening in Bhabha Nagar is USD 4.69 million, Chamba PIU’s GSS’s and associated transmission lines is USD 31.4 million; and for Sarabhai PIU’s GSS and associated transmission lines is USD 61.52 million, Rohru PIU Construction of 220/132/66/33 kV GSS and associated transmission line is USD 61.52 million and the capacity building/IT/training etc. comes to USD 3.4 million. The overall project implementation schedule for the project is detailed in Table 25.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 32 Table 25: Overall Project Implementation Schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Activity J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A MJ JA SONDJ FMA MJJA S O N D J F M A MJ JA SONDJ FMA MJJA SOND Loan Approval X Loan Effectivity X

Output 1: Construction of Power Transmission Lines Activity 1.1: Construction of Transmission line Appointment of Implementation Contractors Design, Equipment Procurement/Supply Construction & Commissioning Output 2: Construction of pooling stations Activity 2.1: Construction of Substations Appointment of Implementation Contractors Design, Equipment Procurement/Supply Construction & Commissioning Output 3: Capacity building Activity 3.1: Training and Study tours Activity 3.2: ERP and IT facilities A. MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES EMP Activities Forest and crop compensation Land Requirement Resettlement Plan Mid Term Review X Project Completion Report X LEGEND Continuous Process Intermittent Process

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 33

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

72. Himachal Pradesh is a north Indian mountainous state. The climate of the state varies from subtropical to temperate. The total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,663 sq. km, which is 1.74% of the total area of India. The state is very rich in natural resources especially forest and water resources, as it has many permanent glaciers, dense forests, mountain peaks and a network of rivers, with the 5 main rivers including the - Satluj, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, and Pabbar. The outer and lesser Himalayan watersheds of the state covering 28,970 sq. km area are of great national importance, as entire northern India depends largely for water and power produced by run-of-the- river projects from this region. Himachal Pradesh extends from the Shivalik Hills in the south to the Great Himalayan ranges including a slice of the trans-Himalayas in the north.

3.1 Physical Resources 73. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur is situated 77°45' and 79°00'35'' east longitudes and between 31°55'50'' and 32°05'15'' north latitudes. The district is entirely hilly except few small, deep valleys in between. The district has a total geographical area of 6401 sq. km which covers about 11.5 % area of the state. On the western side lies the Shimla district and on the north and north-west lies the Lahaul and Spiti, Kinnaur is surrounded by the Tibet Autonomous Region of China to the east, in the northeast corner of Himachal Pradesh, about 235 km from Shimla is having the three high mountains ranges i.e. Zanskar, Greater Himalayas and Dhauladhar, enclosing valleys of Sutlej, Spiti, Baspa and their tributaries. The slopes of the valleys are covered with thick wood, orchards, fields, and picturesque hamlets.

74. Chamba district. The Chamba district is bound on north-west by Jammu and Kashmir, on the north-east and east by Ladakh area of Jammu and Kashmir state and Lahaul and Bara-Bangal area of Himachal Pradesh, on the south-east and south by the Kangra district of Himachal Pradesh and Gurdaspur district of Punjab. The district is situated between north latitude 32° 11΄ 30″ and 33° 13΄ 06″, and east longitude 75° 49΄ 00” and 77° 03΄ 30″ . The area of the district is 6,528 sq.km. with Chamba as its headquarters. There are 1591 villages in the district. The district has been divided into 6 sub-divisions [Chamba, Churah, Pangi, Bharmaur, Dalhousie, Chowari]. There are 7 tehsils [Chamba, Churah, Salooni, Pangi, Bharmaur, Dahlhousie, Bhatiyat] and 3 sub- tehsils [Bhallai, Holi, Sihunta].

75. Kullu district. Kullu district is situated in the inner Himalayas between 300 51’ 00” North latitude and 770 06’ 04” East longitude. The district is bounded on the north and east by Lahaul and Spiti district; south-east by Kinnaur district; south by Shimla district; south-west and west by Mandi district and on the north-west by Kangra district. The total geographical area of the Kullu district is 5,503 sq. km which comprises of mountain peaks as high as Deo-Tibba (6,123 m) and as low as Jalori pass (3,000 m), the valleys of the Beas, the Parvati, the Sainj, the Tirthan and the valleys of Ani and Kurpan. In terms of geographical conditions, the district is mountainous cruised by rivers and valleys. The Satluj and Beas are the principal rivers with many tributaries. The altitude of the district ranges from 500 m to 5000 m amsl, but the habitation is only up to 3500 m.

3.1.1 Atmosphere Climate 76. There are four broad seasons. Winter normally starts from mid-November and continues till mid-March. December, January, and February are severe cold months, when the winter season is at its peak. The upper reaches, have snow and sleet while the rains are frequent in the lower areas and snow may fall as early as the beginning of October but usually the areas have snowfall from the later part of December and continues until mid March. The higher peaks experience heavier snowfall and snow melting starts from March. From mid-March to mid-May, climate in most parts of the district is at its bloom because of the spring time. The climate is comparatively hot from mid- May to mid-July and varies from semi-tropical to semi-arctic. The places situated in the lower reaches on the banks of rivers and streams are as hot as plains. Rainy season generally starts from mid-July and extends up to the mid-September. Autumn season is generally very small from mid-September to mid-November. The extended rainy season and early setting of winter are the reasons for its short duration.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 34

Temperature 77. In Kinnaur district, due to variation in altitudes, the temperature varies considerably. Minimum temperature in the higher reaches often touches sub-zero degrees centigrade during the winter months. The maximum temperature in the lower areas often exceeds 40 degrees centigrade during the summer months. The Kullu district is characterized with cold dry weather and the maximum temperature varies from 15 degree C in January to 32 degree C in June and the minimum temperature ranges from 21 degree C in July to as low as 0.7 degree C. The summers are mild and winters are harsh due to snowfall on mountain ranges. The upper regions experience snow and sleet fall while rains are confined to the lower heights. Throughout the year, Shimla district has high temperature (29 °C - 30 °C). But, from December to January, temperature goes down to 26 °C.

Rainfall 78. The rainfall is well distributed from January to September and other three months receive comparatively less rainfall. Maximum rainfall is received during the month of July. Less rainfall during the months of October to December adversely affects the sowing of rabi crops. Sometimes in the months of April and May, hailstorms are received which cause damage to crops, especially fruits. Heavy rains during the maturity period of rabi crops also sometimes cause damage to the crops. The sunshine hours during the months of December, January and February are much less (4.9-5.4 average hours) which further intensify the severity of cold. The natural calamities such as flash floods, cloudbursts, and droughts are common and frequent features in the district and have caused heavy losses to the farmers during the past years.

79. Besides the seasonal variations, the climate of Himachal Pradesh varies at different altitudes. The average rainfall is 152 cm (60 inches). The highest rainfall occurs in Kangra district followed by Shimla district. The west part of the Shimla district, receives very less precipitation (1000 mm-1500 mm) than east part of district (1500-2000 mm). Highest precipitation is received in inter monsoon period from October to December. Average rainfall in Kinnaur, Chamba Kullu districts as compared to whole of Himachal Pradesh is shown in Table 26.

Table 26: Average Yearly Rainfall (in mm) Year Himachal Pradesh Kinnaur Chamba Shimla Kullu 2006 1,041.3 348.6 1,584 1,177.1 88.6 2007 1,000.5 310.9 706 967.4 1,215.3 2008 1,141.0 354.1 857 1,211.4 825.1 2009 907.9 269.4 1,019 825.6 1,732.5 Source: District statistical abstract

Air Quality 80. As per Annual Report 2009–10 of Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB), monthly mean average values of all the three air quality parameters, SO2, NOx, and RSPM were observed and value of SO2, and NOx are found well below the permissible limits however, value for RSPM is found to be above National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for annual and 24 hour average in Shimla. Details are in Table 27.

Table 27: Air Quality Observed at Takka Bench, Shimla 3 3 3 SO2 in μg/ m NOX in μg/ m RSPM in μg/ m Month Average Peak Average Peak Average Peak April, 09 3.3 8.2 8.7 19.2 78 155 May, 09 2.8 10.4 7.5 15.5 79 165 June, 09 2.2 6.8 7.2 20.1 90 191 July, 09 2.1 6.3 5.3 16.0 49 116 August, 09 2.5 6.8 5.5 11.4 45 100 September, 09 2.5 5.8 6.4 13.3 39 115 October, 09 2.5 6.8 6.6 15.5 48 110 November, 09 2.7 7.8 8.5 16.9 51 133 December 09 2.7 7.1 8.8 24.9 83 386 January, 10 2.6 7.8 6.5 12.8 41 107 February, 10 2.3 5.8 8.5 16.5 50 101 March, 10 2.1 7.3 8.5 19.2 67 114 Annual average 2.5 7.2 7.3 16.7 60 149.41 National Ambient Air 50 (Annual 80 (24 hours) 40 (Annual 80 (24 60 (Annual 100 (24 IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 35

3 3 3 SO2 in μg/ m NOX in μg/ m RSPM in μg/ m Month Average Peak Average Peak Average Peak Quality Standards Average) Average) hours) Average) hours) (NAAQS) Source: Annual Report of HPSPB - 2009-10

3.1.2 Topography and Soils Topography 81. Topographically, the state consists of five distinct sub-regions. These are (i) valley areas with elevations up to 1,000 metres, (ii) low hills, between 1,000 and 2,000 metres, (iii) high hills which lie between 2,000 and 3,500 metres, (iv) the alpine zone with altitudes above 3,500 metres, and (v) the land of the perpetual snows. Climatically, the zones identified are the Outer Himalayas, the Inner Himalayas and the Alpine. Except a few small valleys, the Shimla district is entirely mountainous. The elevation of the district ranges from 300 to 6,000 metres. The district has a number of peaks, like Jakhoo in Shimla town, Siah near Chail, Churadhar in Chopal tehsil, Chensal in Rohru tehsil, Hatoo in Narkanda tehsil, and Shali in Seoni tehsil. Mostly the terrain is rough. The general topographical feature of the district is prevalence of interlocking spurs, narrow and steep sided valleys with high peaks and thick forest of Deodar and Kail. The soils are young and thin, however these get heavier and comparatively acidic with an increase in altitude.

Soil Regimes 82. The soils of the state can broadly be divided into nine groups on the basis of their development and physico-chemical properties. These are: (i) alluvial soils, (ii) brown hill soils, (iii) brown earth soils, (iv) brown forests soils, (v) grey wooded or podzolic soils, (vi) grey brown podzolic soils, (vii) planosolic soils, (viii) humus and iron podzolic soils (ix) alpine humus mountain skeletal soils. The soil found in the districts of Mandi, Kangra, Bilaspur, Una, Solan, Hamirpur and Sirmaur is generally brown, alluvial and grey brown podzolic, Kullu and Shimla have grey wooded podzolic soils, while Kinnaur, Lahaul and Spiti and some parts of Chamba district have humus mountain skeletal soils.

83. The soils of the Kinnaur district can be broadly divided into three major types on the basis of their development and physico-chemical properties. Type-I soil is coarse loamy, mixed in nature. This type of soil is developed from granites, highly metamorphosed gneisses, schist and occurs on moderately sloping to steep lands. These soils are well drained with moderately rapid permeability. Natural vegetation exists in these soils and various crops are cultivated according to the suitability. Type-II soil is fine loamy, mixed, frigid in nature. They have developed on parent material consisting of granite-gneiss and mica schist on steep to very steep slopes at an altitude of about 3000 m amsl. These are grazing lands supporting alpine grasses. Type- III soil includes various series like Sangla, Spilo, Kalpa, Leo, Rocky I, Rocky II and scree series. Three types of soils observed in the Chamba district are 1. Sandy Loam, 2. Loam, and 3. Sandy Clay Loam. The soils of the Kullu district can broadly be divided into three groups on the basis of their distribution area. These are shown in Table 28 below:

Table 28: Type of Soils in Kullu area SNo. Area Soil type Characteristics 1. Valley Areas Entisols & Entisolsl: Soil has no diagnostic pedogenic horizons. They may be found in virtually any climate Inceptisols on very recent geomorphic surfaces. Inceptisols: Soils that are usually moist with pedogenic horizons of alteration of parent materials but not of illuviation. Generally, the direction of soil development is not yet evident from the marks left by various soil- forming processes or the marks are too weak to classify in another order 2. Mid-hill mild Entisols, Entisolsl: Soil has no diagnostic pedogenic horizons. They may be found in virtually any climate temperate Inceptisols on very recent geomorphic surfaces. areas and Inceptisols: Soils that are usually moist with pedogenic horizons of alteration of parent materials Mollisols but not of illuviation. Generally, the direction of soil development is not yet evident from the marks left by various soil- forming processes or the marks are too weak to classify in another order. Mollisols: Soils with nearly black, organic – rich surface horizons and high supply of bases. They have mollic epipedons and base saturation greater than 50% in any cambic or argillic horizon. 3. High-hill Alfisols & Alfisols: Soil with gray to brown surface horizons, medium to high supply of bases, and B temperate Inceptisols horizons of alluvial clay accumulation. These soils form mostly under forest or savanna areas vegetation in climates with slight to pronounced seasonal moisture deficit. Inceptisols: Soils that are usually moist with pedogenic horizons of alteration of parent materials but not of illuviation. Generally, the direction of soil development is not yet evident from the marks left by various soil- forming processes or the marks are too weak to classify in another order. Source: Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Kullu IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 36

3.1.2.1 Water Resources (Surface and Ground Water) Surface water 84. Himachal Pradesh has snow fed perennial rivers and rivulets flowing in almost all parts of the state. Yamuna, with its important tributaries of Tons, Pabbar and Giri in the east and Satluj, Beas, Ravi and Chenab in the west flow through various parts of the HP. Some of the important natural lakes worth mentioning are Khajjiar, Ghadasasu Lamba Dal, Manimahesh, Mahakali in Chamba district; Dal, Kareri in Kangra district; Rewalsar, Kumarwah, Prashar in Mandi district; Bhrigu and Dashahr in Kullu district; Chandratal and Surajtal in Lahaul & Spiti district; Chander Nan in Shimla district; and Renuka in Sirmaur district. The manmade lakes include Gobind Sagar in Bilaspur district; Pong Lake in Kangra district; Pandoh lake in Mandi district; and Chamera lake in Chamba district.

85. The Chamba district is full of perennial springs, which are used for domestic, livestock, and irrigation purposes. For domestic purposes, water has been drawn at source where a rough and ready arrangement exists for filling containers, or elsewhere water channels have been dug to carry water from springhead to the village concerned. Pipelines are also being laid down thus improving the convenience and efficiency of water supply. The drinking water supply for Chamba town, which has a population of 20,327 (2001 Census), is met mainly from two nallahs, the Sarotha and Sal nallahs. The Dalhousie town is situated at an average height of 2200 m amsl. The main source of water supply to the town is from Ahla Khad, Dain Khad and Panjpulla. During the summer season, the requirement is more and the supply is less as discharge of the khads dwindle. The overall chemical quality of the water is good in the district.

86. Shimla district is drained by streams/rivers forming part of the drainage basins of the Satluj, the Yamuna, the Pabbar and Tons rivers. However, a major part of the district is drained by tributaries of the Satluj River. The Satluj River is the longest river traversing along the northern boundary of the area and Giri River which is the tributary of the Yamuna River originate from the eastern part and runs in the southwest direction. Whereas, tributaries of Tons River flows in the southern parts and the Pabbar River in the eastern parts of the district. In general, the density of drainage is moderate to high and is not uniform all over the district.

Ground Water 87. Richly endowed with perennial rivers that flow down steep gradients in mountain catchments, Himachal has a vast amount of water resources. These resources meet drinking water and irrigation requirements as well as supplying hydroelectric power to a large population. Drinking and irrigation requirements are also catered to by numerous springs, streams and infiltration galleries in limestone caverns. The use of ground water sources for irrigation is common in Una, Sirmaur, Solan and Kangra districts. Due to poor potentialities in hilly hard rock areas and sloping hilly terrain, groundwater development is generally low In Himachal Pradesh. However, in these areas, major water supply and sources of water are ground water based viz., perennial springs, bowries and hand pumps. Springs are tapped at the source so that the water can be supplied under gravity. All major towns and villages are supplied water from ground water sources. The ground water is distributed along structurally weak/ fractured zones, faults, and landslides zones or along the contacts of the different rock formation in the topographically favorable areas.

88. In the Satluj river valley in Kinnaur district, the areas around Taranda, Tapri, between Oling and Lipa, Moorang and Tabling are most promising for water exploration. The other ground water potential areas are along Baspa River, Tidong Gad, Taiti Gad, and Spiti River. The traditional dug wells tapping the shallow aquifer are not available however; this aquifer is being tapped by the hand pumps and shallow tube wells, which are widely used for domestic purposes. Ground water in the district occurs in valley area under water table and semi confined to confined conditions. The average depth of water level in shallow bore well ranges from 10 to 30 m below ground level. Ground water of the Kinnaur district is alkaline in nature7. pH of shallow ground water ranges from 6.95 to 7.75. The electrical conductivity (EC) in the area ranges from 127-672 micro

7 As per Ground Water Information Booklet, Himachal Pradesh, 2008 IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 37 mhos/cm. Nitrate values range between 1-10 mg/l. The chemical quality reveals that the overall ground water quality is good and is suitable for domestic and irrigational use. However, quality of water from hot springs in Karcham has brackish water with EC 1780 micro mhos/cm and fluoride concentration 3.5 mg/l.

89. The chemical quality of ground water is generally alkaline in nature and suitable for both domestic and irrigation use all over the Shimla district. All the parameters of ground water were found well within the permissible limit of safe drinking water as per Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS).

3.1.2.2 Geology and Seismology Geology 90. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur district is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 1,500 to more than 6,500 m above mean sea level. There is a general increase in elevation from west to east and from south to north. The major part of the district is drained by Satluj River except small part in the south-eastern area, which is drained by Ganga River. Geo-morphologically the district has been sub divided into the fluvial terrain, fluvio-glacial terrain, alpines/meadows and rocky terrain as shown in Table 29 for Kinnaur districts below. Figure 24 depicts the geological information in Kinnaur map.

Table 29: The generalized geological succession of Kinnaur district Age / Period Group / formation Lithology Quaternary Alluvium, Terrace & Fluvial deposits Alluvium, clay, sand, gravel, pebble, boulder and cobble Tertiary Nako Granitoid Granitoid Mesozoic Giumal – Chikkim Spiti formation, Lilang Group Shale, Sandstone, Siltstone Carbonate rich sedimentary rocks Palaeozoic Kuling Group Kunzamla, Thango, Takche Sandstone, shale, conglomerate formation Proterozoic Batal formation Salkhala, Kulu, Jutogh Vaikrita, Slate, phyllite, quartzite and schist, Amphibolite, Gneisses, Rampur Group, Bandal Wangtu Gneissic granite, Pegmatite Complex Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

91. Chamba district. Chamba district is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 600 m amsl to 6400 m amsl. Physiographically, the area forms part of middle Himalayas with high peaks ranging in height from 3000 to 6000 m amsl. It is a region of complex folding, which has under gone many orogeneses. The topography of the area is rugged with high mountains and deep dissected by river Ravi and its tributaries. Physiographically the district can be divided in two units-viz. (i) high hills, which cover almost entire district, (ii) few valley hills. The generalised geological succession is given in Table 30 below. The geological map is shown in Figure 25.

Table 30: The generalized geological succession of Chamba district Age Formation Lithology Pleistocene Upper Siwaliks Boulder conglomerate, Sandstone Pliocene Middle Siwaliks Sandstone, gravel beds, clays etc. Miocene Lower Siwaliks Shales, hard sandstone etc. Triassic Kalhel formation Light and dark grey limestone with banks of phyllite and slate Permian Salooni formation Inter bedded phyllite, light and dark grey limestone, phyllite, black carbonaceous slate with schistose quartzite and chert band Carboniferous Manzir formation Pebbly phyllite, grey green slate with limestone Lower to Middle Paleozoic Dalhousie/Dhauladhar formation Granite and granite gneiss Lower Paleozoic Chamba formation Meta siltstones, greywackes, slates and phyllites. Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Chamba district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

92. Shimla district. Shimla district has high mountain ranges, hills, and narrow deep valleys with altitude ranging from 1,000 to 3,000 m above MSL. In the areas underlain by high hill ranges of Himalayas, the valleys are narrow and deep with steep slopes trending in NW-SE direction. The terrain is moderately to highly dissected with steep slopes. The altitude is higher in north-eastern parts and decreases towards south and west. The generalised geological succession is given in Table 31 below. The geological map is shown in Figure 26.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 38

Table 31: The generalized geological succession of Shimla district Age / Period Formation Lithology Quaternary Alluvium Sand with pebble and clay, medium to coarse grained sand with pebble of sandstone and lenses of clay Proterozoic Shimla group Siltstone, greywacke, sandstone, quartzite, conglomerate, Shale, slate, Phyllite, dolomite and meta-volcanic Kulu group Schist, quartzite, banded gneiss, carbonaceous slate, limestone etc. Rampur group Phyllite, schist, quartzite, dolomite, and basic flows Vaikrita Group Biotite schist with kyanite, gneiss and migmatites Granite of Himalayas Granites Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Shimla district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

93. Kullu district. The landscape of Kullu district is mountainous imbedded with rivers and valleys The altitude of the district ranges from 500 m to 5000 m above the mean sea level, but the habitation is only up to 3500 m. The district comprises of physiographic areas viz., Ujhi, Lug, Rupi, Kharahal and Seraj areas. The Seraj area is further divided into inner and outer Seraj. The inner Seraj includes Banjar block and Outer Seraj includes Ani and Nirmand blocks. Geologically the area falls in the Lesser Himalayan segment of the North-West Himalayas. The project area falls in the geological domain of Larji-Rampur tectonic window zone. The Larji-Rampur Window Zone exposes, two Granitoid Complex bodies namely (i) the Bandal Granitoid Gneisses in the north west and (ii) the Jeori Wangtu Granitoid Gneiss in the south-west. The Bandal Granaitoid Gneiss is considered equivalent to the Jeori-Wangtu Gneissic Complex on the basis of similarity in tectonic position, lithology and chronology of the rocks. The Bandal Gneisic Complex, spread over 500 sq km is exposed in Garash valley (in the north west) to the Sainj valley (in the south east), where it has been reportedly enveloped by the Manikaran Quartzite. The Bandal Granitoid Gneiss with litho-trend long NNW-SSE and comprising porphyroclastic as well as medium to coarse- grained gneiss and mylonitic gneiss. Table 32 provides generalized geological succession in the district.

Table 32: The generalized geological succession of Kullu district SNo.o. Group Formation Lithology 1. Larji Group Aut Formation Stromatolitic dolomite and limestone Hurla Formation White, Pink and Purple quartzite with shale partings Naraul Formation Quartzarenite, calcarenit, shale, slate and coglomerate 2. Rampur Manikaran Formation Grey and white massive quartzarenite with interbands of metabasalt Group Banjar Volcanics Mainly metabasalts as dark green phyllite with interbands of quartzite and gray phyllite Bhallan Formation Slates, greenish phyllite schists and white flaggy quartzarnite 3. Palaeo Baqndal-Jeori Gneissic Complex-pegmatite, aplite quartz veins 4. Proterozoic Wangtu Banded streaky and augen Gneiss Quartz-biotite schist, garnet-mica schist chlorite schist, etc. Source: EIA, Sainj HEP Kullu by HPPCL

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 39

Fig 24: Geological Map of Kinnaur district Fig 25: Geological Map of Chamba district Fig 26: Geological Map of Shimla district

Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Chamba district, Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Shimla district, Himachal Himachal Pradesh, 2008 Pradesh, 2008

Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 40

Siesmology 94. The state of Himachal Pradesh lies almost entirely in the Himalayan Mountains, and is part of the Punjab Himalayas. Due to its location, it weathers many mild earthquakes every year. Large earthquakes have occurred in all parts of Himachal Pradesh, the biggest being the Kangra Earthquake of 1905. The Himalayan Frontal Thrust, the Main boundary Thrust, the Krol, the Giri, Jutogh and Nahan thrusts lie in this region. Besides that there are scores of smaller faults, like the Kaurik Fault which triggered the 1975 earthquake. Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Mandi, and Bilaspur Districts lie in Zone V. The remaining districts of Lahual and Spiti, Kinnaur, Shimla, Solan and Sirmaur lie in Zone IV therefore the HPPTCL need to take adequate measures while designing to avoid damage during earthquake. Source: Amateur Seismic Centre, Pune, 2011 Figure 27 depicts the earthquake hazard Figure 27: Earthquake Zone of Himachal Pradesh risk zonation of the entire state of Himachal Pradesh. Annexure 8 gives the earthquake history of Himachal Pradesh.

95. The transmission towers and the substation sites fall in Seismic Zone IV area (High Damage Risk Zone – MSK8 VIII) which indicates a very high damage risk zone. Therefore, HPPTCL is required to take adequate measures while erecting transmission lines to ensure least damage during earthquake. The proposed route alignment passes through Zone IV. Similarly, the proposed substations also fall in Seismic Zone – IV and therefore the HPPTCL needs to take adequate measures while designing and installation of components of subprojects to avoid damage during earthquakes.

3.2 Ecological Resources 3.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology

Forest 96. In Himachal Pradesh, important species of trees such as deodar, kail, chil, oak, mohru and kharsu are found in the forests and the major forest produce are resin and medicinal herbs. The available resin in the district is being processed by two government owned resin and turpentine factories at Bilaspur and Nahan. However the medicinal herbs are being exported in raw form out of the district. The forests in the district lie mainly in the outer Shivalik to the mid Himalayas. The soil is generally sandy loam and depth is shallow, except in the areas having vegetation where it is fairly deep. In the regions above 1,500 metres, the soil is generally deep and contains a thin layer of leaf molded species of ban, oak, chil, kail and deodar. In the lower elevation, shrub forms are found while in the higher altitude chil, deodar, kail etc. are available. In the lower ranges with warmer aspects and sharp slopes, with deep soil and favourable condition, species of mixed forest, of bamboo and shrubs are found.

97. Forests are an important resource of Himachal Pradesh. Although the area classified as "Area under Forest" is 67 percent of the total area of the Pradesh, yet the effective forest cover is much lower than this area, primarily because of a very large area in the state is either alpine meadows or is above the tree line. The climatic conditions prevailing in Himachal Pradesh and

8 Medvedev-Sponheuer-Karnik (MSK) intensity broadly associated with the various seismic zones is VI (or less), VII, VIII and IX (and above) for Zones II, III, IV and V, respectively IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 41 varying elevations are most suitable for the growth of forests. The forests provide valuable timber, medicinal herbs, raw material for industries and also provide employment and play a vital role in conserving the soil and ensure timely rains.

98. Himachal Pradesh is a predominantly mountainous state. Consequently, its climate is more congenial to forests. It comprises four forest zones—sub-tropical, sub-temperate, wet-temperate and dry-temperate.  Sub-tropical forests: This zone consists of foothills and valleys up to an elevation of about 915 metres above mean sea level with a sub-tropical climate and an annual rainfall of 70-100 cm, of which 75 per cent falls during the monsoon season. The maximum temperature goes up to 40 degree C. It comprises dry deciduous, chir pine, sal (2,140 sq. km.) and thorny forests (43 sq. km.) mostly of xerophytes species.  Wet-temperate forests: These extend from 1524 to 2,472 metres above mean sea level, and have some major forests and pasturelands. The annual rainfall varies from100 to 250 cm, with snowfall during winter, when the temperature falls to minus 100 C. During summer, the maximum temperature ranges between 15 and 200 C. These forests have been categorised as (a) lower western Himalayan temperate forests consisting of conifers, oaks and various deciduous trees and (b) western Himalayan temperate forests, which consist of firs, oaks and rhododendron species found in alpine zones.  Sub-temperate forests: These forests extend from 916 metres to about 1523 metres above mean sea level, have a mild climate and an annual rainfall of 90 to 120 cm, nearly 70 per cent of which is received during the monsoon season. Some upper hills get mild snowfall during winter, which does not stay for long. The maximum temperature in summer remains around 300C. Various species of pines, oaks and broad-leafed species grow in this zone. There are good pasturelands in this area.  Dry-temperate forests: These extend to above 2,472 metres. The mean annual temperature is around 10º C and the mean annual precipitation about 25 cm, most of which is received as snow. The area contains scattered trees and bushes such as chilgoza, willow, robinia, ailanthus, poplars and alpine pastures interspersed with bushes such as ephedra.

99. Legal status of forest area in HP state is shown in Table 33. As per District Human Development Report, the Shimla district had 340,103 hectares of land area under forests at the end of the year 1989-90. However, by the year 2008-09, the land area under forests declined to 336,683.25 hectares. Out of this total area under forests, in the year 2008-09, 127,722.21 hectares constituted reserved forests, 5,337.42 hectares as protected forests and 203,623.62 hectares as un-demarcated forests.

Table 33: Legal Status of Forest Cover Legal Status of Forest Area Area In Hectares (2008-09) Kinnaur Chamba Shimla 1 Reserve Forest 43,180.00 32,804 127,722.21 2 Protected Forest 360,751 5,337.42 3 Unclassified forest 503,788.63 68,480 203,623.62 4 Total forest In Circle 546,969.52 462,035 336,683.25 Source : District Statistical Abstract, 2008 – 09

Table 34: Forest Cover 2007 SNo. Item Area (in km2 ) Kinnaur Shimla Himachal Pradesh 1 Geographical Area 6,401 5,131 55,673 2 Very Dense forest 82 739 3,224 3 Moderate Dense forest 263 1,037 6,383 4 Open forest 257 608 5,061 Sub-total 602 2,384 14,668 Scrub Forest 70 32 327 Source: India State of Forest Report 2009

100. Table 34 above depicts the forest cover in Kinnaur and Shimla districts as compared to HP state in 2007. The area of forests in the Kinnaur district according to the forest department is 386 km2 (averaging 6.03 per cent of the total geographical area viz., 6,401 km2 as shown in Table 34

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 42 above. Traditionally, Nichar and Kalpa sub-division were known for stately cedar and kail trees. Beyond Karchham, large wild forest of Chilgoza trees abound and their edible nuts fetch handsome income. On the basis of rainfall, the district can be divided in two zones; wet zone and dry zone. Wet zone gets the rainfall due to monsoon while the dry zone does not get any rainfall. Pinus roxburghii, Pinus wallichiana, Cedrus deodara, Picea smithiana and Abies pindrow, Pinus gerardiana form a broad belt of forest along both sides of the Sutlej valley and the side streams between the cliffs of the gorge below and alpine pasture and eternal snows above. The three main divisions of forest cover are: (a) Moist Zone Forest (The Tranda range forests), (b) The Dry Zone Forests (Chini and Kilba Kailash ranges), and (c) Arid Zone Forests (the parts adjoining Chinese border).

Table 35: Area under forest (Ha) (Kullu district) Forest circle Reserve forest Protected forest Unclassified forest Total Kullu 325 39,046 57,232 96,603 Parvati 4,557 1,36,928 12,269 1,53,754 Banjar 1,016 10,693 14,500 26,209 Ani 2,076 23,211 28,216 53,503 Wild animals 3,249 22,266 11,473 47,988 National park 4,829 88,771 23,512 1,17,112 Total 16,052 3,20,915 1,58,202 4,95,169 Source: District Agriculture Plan, Government of Himachal Pradesh

Table 36: Forest Cover 2011 (Kullu district) District Geographic Very Dense Moderate Open Forest Total % of Geographical al area Forest Dense Forest area Kullu 5,503 586 785 588 1959 35.6 Himachal 55,673 3,224 6,381 5,074 14679 26.37 Pradesh Source: Forest Survey of India Report, GoI - 2011

101. According to Tables 35 and 36, the total area under forests in the Kullu district is 4,95,169 hectares. The entire area is divided into six forest circles, namely, Kullu, Parvati, Banjar, Ani, Wild Animals and National Park, each having 19.5, 31, 5.29, 10.8, 9.69 and 23.72 per cent of the total forest area, respectively. Again, the forest area has been classified under three categories i.e. reserved forests, protected forests and unclassified forests. Reserve forests occupy 3.24 per cent of the area whereas protected forests occupy 64.8 per cent of the total area. Large scale felling of trees, forest fire, theft, and overgrazing are the major factors resulting in destruction and degradation of forests. Total value of medicinal herbs, resins and other forest products during 2002-03 amounted to Rs. 6.1 million.

Flora 102. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur is situated high in the Himalaya, where vegetation is sparse and consists primarily of hardy grasses. Alpine species such as juniper, pine, fir, cypress, and rhododendron can be found at elevations between 3,500 and 5,000 meters, primarily in middle Kinnaur. At lower altitudes, temperate-climate trees are found, including oak, chestnut, maple, birch, alder, magnolia, apple, and apricot.

103. Chamba district. Chamba is situated high in the Himalaya, where vegetation is sparse and consists of western Himalayan temperate, moist alpine scrub and dry alpine scrub. Species of medicinal importance include Aconitum heterophyllum, Jurinea macrocephala and Ephedra gerardiana, Moist Deodar Forest, Western Mixed Coniferous forests and Montane broad leaf deciduous forests, Alpine pastures and sub alpine grasslands.

104. Shimla district. The Shimla district is endowed with a variety of trees, shrubs grasses and climbers. In addition to the above mentioned varieties of trees found in district Shimla, Pinus wallichiana (Blue pine); Picea smithiana (Rai), Abies spectabilis, Juniperus macropoda, Populus ciliata, Salix viminalis, Quercus dilata, Alnus indica. Cedrus deodara, Aesculus indica, Corylus colurna, Juglans regia, Prunus cornata, Pinus roxburghii (Chil), Quercus leucotrichophora, Rododendron arboreum, Lyonia ovalifalia, Acacia catehu, Terminalia chebula, Syzygium cumunni, Emblica officinalis, Mallotus philippinensis and dominant shrubs comprise of Salix, Barberis, Rosa, Viburnum, Lonicera sp. Carissa opaca, Carissa spinarum, Dodonea viscosa, Indegofera IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 43 heterantha, Rhamnus virgata etc.are also found here.

105. Kullu district. The Kullu district is known for luscious quality of apples, apricots, cherries, plums, peaches and pears. In higher reaches where the life is harsh and difficult, the people have been mostly subsisting upon coarse grains and wild products like buckwheat and barley. Kodra, sariara, maize and dried beans have been the staple food of these people. Among the various forest trees, district is rich in alpine vegetation. The commonest trees present are pine, oak rhododendron, deodar, mohru, kharsu and wild walnut.

Fauna 106. Kinnaur district. In Kinnaur district, serow, blue sheep, red fox, musk deer, goral, ibex, leopard, snow leopard, brown bear, himalayan black bear are found in different wild life sanctuaries of the district. Yaks, donkeys and ponies are reared by local farmers in the higher areas.

107. Chamba district. Important animals found in the district are ibex, musk deer, snow leopard, black bear, blue sheep, himalayan tahr and royle's pika, western tragopan, koklas, monal, green backed tit, black tit, himalayan griffon, snowcock, snow pigeon. himalayan black bear, leopard cat, common langur and yellow-throated marten, brown bear, goral, himalayan tahr, serow, and cheer pheasant. Other domestic animals like donkey, cow, goats and sheep.

108. Shimla district. Important animals found in the district are pig, deer, rabbit, bear, ghurral, kakar, chittal deer, sambar dear whereas birds found are, bater, dove, peacock, black francolin, yellow footed green pigeon, pigeon, jungle fowl kolsa, chakour etc.

109. Kullu district. In Kullu, the wild life species found sparsely include common Indian rat, wild cat, himalayan black bear, brown bear, barking deer, musk deer, goral, jackal, langoor, monkey, leopard and panther.

Wildlife Sanctuary 110. For selecting the route alignment, any wildlife travel routes have been avoided as far as possible during the field visits. In Kinnaur, the least distance between protected area is approximately 16 km distance between Urni substation and Rakchham wildlife sanctuary. In Chamba district, the least distance between protected area is approximately 12 km distance between Chambi substation and LILO to Kangra Dehra transmission line and the Sechu Taun Nala Wildlife Sanctuary. In Rohru, the least distance between protected area is approximately 8.5 km distance between Hatkoti substation and Talra wildlife sanctuary. In Kullu district, the least distance between protected area is approximately 4.5 km distance between Barsani – Charor Transmission line and Great Himalayan National Park and also Kanawar wildlife sanctuary.

111. As evident from Table 37 below, all subprojects including transmission lines in the Kullu, Mandi, Kinnaur, Chamba and Kangra, Shimla districts will not negatively impact the flora and fauna of the area. Annexure 10 includes specific details regarding Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Park within the districts and Figure A10 shows their aerial distance from the wildlife area to the subproject site.

Table 37: Distance from WLS and National Parks for all Tranche 2 subprojects SNo Sub-Project Nearest Aerial Distance WildlifeSanctuary COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects 1 S1 and T1 16.3 km Rakchham Chitkul WLS COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects 1. S2 and T2 23 km Dhauladhar WLS 2. S3 and T3 20 km Gamgul Siabehi WLS 3. S4 and t4 11.5 km Sechu Tuan Nala WLS COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 1. S5 and T5 8 km Talra WLS 2. S6 27 km Talra WLS COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects 1. S7 and T6 10 km Manali WLS 2. T7 4 km Great Himalayan National Park and Kanwar WLS

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 44

SNo Sub-Project Nearest Aerial Distance WildlifeSanctuary 3. T8 20 km Great Himalayan National Park 4. S8 and S 9 16 km Great Himalayan National Park and Kanwar WLS 5. S10 Nil None

112. Currently, the route alignment for transmission line sub-projects and substation sites are underway at Kullu PIU. HPPTCL shall decide the final locations of all sub-project in a manner that does not infringe upon the Great Himalayan National Park as well as the Manali WLS.

3.3 Economic Development 3.3.1 Employment 113. According to the Census, 20019, Himachal has 19,63,882 main workers and 10,28,579 marginal workers in the state as per 2001 census. There are around 64.1% of the total working population of Shimla and 68.8% of Kinnaur’s working population is engaged as cultivators, 2.7% and 2.3% working population of Shimla and Kinnaur district are engaged in agriculture labours works 1.2% and 1.8% are working in household industries and 32% and 31.1% are other workers. This means that there is one main worker for every 3.09 persons and one marginal worker for 5.91 persons. Combining the number of main and marginal workers, it works out that there is one worker for every 2.03 persons. Table 38 below shows that the majority of the population are workers.

Table 38: Population wise male and female workers in Shimla and Kinnaur district Area Population Total Workers Non-Workers (Main + Marginal) Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Kinnaur 7,8334 42,173 36,161 47,811 28,041 19,770 30,523 14,132 16,391 Shimla 722,502 380,996 341,506 370,223 21,9133 151,090 352,279 161,863 190,416

Source Primary Census Abstract: 2001

114. The mainstay of the people of Himachal Pradesh is agriculture on which 66.71% population depends for their livelihood. The topography being mostly hilly, the type of cultivation is terraced. Close to 80 percent of all holdings fall in the category of small and marginal farmers. Due to ideal climate for fruit cultivation, horticulture and vegetable growing (seasonal as well as off-season), a well-diversified farm economy has developed rapidly during the past three decades. The percentage of main workers to total population is 32.31 and the percentage of cultivators to main workers is 55.45. The percentage of agricultural labourers to total workers is 1.22 as per 2001 census. Table 39 below gives the details.

Table 39: No of person employed in different type of Jobs in 2011 Type of Industrial Manageri Clerical Transport and Artistic Other skilled Unskill Total Job and technical al Jobs Jobs communication jobs job labour ed Kullu 5962 172 2524 721 1136 140 37714 48369 Chamba 9294 140 2300 960 1776 601 354 15425 Source: District Statistical Abstract

3.3.2 Industries 115. Because of difficult geographical terrain and topography of the Shimla district, the chances to set up modern, medium and large scale industries are quite limited. Therefore, there are only cottage and small scale industries that rely on varied type of local raw materials, like wool, juices, fruits and wood. The cool and dust free climate of the district is also quite congenial for the growth of the electronic industry in the district. There is one electronic complex operating in Shoghi. Cotton carding, threshing, fruit canning preservation, bakeries, and oil expelling are the main agro-based industries operating in the district. Earlier, wooden packaging cases, was the main wood based industry, operating in the district, but with the replacement of wooden boxes by cartons, this industry has lost its importance. However, wooden furniture, toys, sticks, and joinery are still operating in the district. Stone crushers and earthen pottery are the main mineral based industries of the district. There are number of textile based units also which are engaged in the

9 Currently only a summary of published data for Census 2011 is available, whereas the complete set of data is available only for Census 2001. Annexure 9 has been prepared for comparison which highlights of Census 2011 data in comparison with 2001 data.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 45 manufacturing of hosiery products, shawls, chaddars, and fancy handicraft. Further, there are some engineering, chemical and electronic based units also operating in the district. Some of the engineering units, are producing barbed wire, wire nails, tin smithy products, steel fabrications, steel furniture, auto repairs and sewing machines and assembling. Laundry soap, detergent, bread wrapper, ink, candle making, tyre retreading are some of the chemical based units set up in the district. Electronic based products being produced in the district are video cassettes, televisions, voltage stabilizers, TV/radio repairs, and intercom.

116. The economy of the Chamba district is mostly agrarian. Main minerals found in the district are limestone and slate. Sultanpur is an industrial area of district. Table 40 below gives the type of registered small scale industries.

Table 40: Registered Small Scale Industries in Chamba district Type of Industries Number 1. Food & Allied 477 2. Hosiery & Textile 435 3. Wooden Products 347 4. Leather & Raxin Products 97 5. Glass/Ceramics 49 6. Mechanical & Allied 164 7. Electronic & Electrical 137 8. Paper & Paper Products 2 9. Chemical & Allied 93 10. Miscellaneous 150 11. Total 1951 Source: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (GoI)

117. In Kullu district, there are two medium and large scale industrial enterprises located at village Raison manufacturing natural spring water and aerated water. Total fixed capital investment in these enterprises is Rs. 154.94 million and providing employment to 147 persons including 21 non-himachalis. 1,817 small scale industrial enterprises (on 31.03.2011) having fixed capital investment of Rs. 405.465 million provide employment to 10,628 persons, out of which 123 are non-himachalis. Industrial area of Kullu district is situated in Shamshi on N.H. 21, 7 km from Kullu town towards Bhunter. The total area of this industrial area is 82.19 bighas. 43 plots, 12 sheds and 16 shops have been developed in this area. At present 39 industrial enterprises are working in this industrial area having fixed capital investment of Rs. 90.76 million and providing employment to 414 persons.

3.3.3 Infrastructure facilities Rural Roads and Communication System 118. Total motorable roads in the Kinnaur district are 4,171 km out of which 4,010 are motorable. 2,048 km are metalled and 1,172 km are kutcha. In absolute terms, road length works out to be 78.15 km per 100 sq. km against the state average of 46.64. Telephone density is 74.5 per 2000 population but telecommunication revolution in the state has increased the communication to a great extent. It has helped in quick response to disasters and emergencies. Rapid communication prevented any loss of life during flash floods in Satluj river caused by breach of Parcchu lake in Tibet Autonomous Region of China in 2005. Distances from health institutions, travel time, and means of transport have an effect on the utilization of services in health facilities and also affect the timely referral of emergencies.

119. According to district profile of Chamba district, district has total 2,136.626 km of total road network out of which 1,159 km is metalled road. Details of road network are given in Table 41 below. Table 41: Road Network in Chamba district 1. Total road network 2,136.626 km 2. Metalled road 1,159.902 km 3. Unmetalled road 976.724 km 4. Villages connected with roads 570 5. Road density 32.62 km per 100 sq.km or 4.62 km per 1000 persons Source: District official website

120. In Kullu district, total roads in the district is 1675 km out of which 128 km are double lane,

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 46

1503 km are single lane. In absolute terms, road length works out to be 78.15 km per 100 sq. km against the state average of 46.64. Details are shown in Table 42 below.

Table 42: Total Road in Kullu district Roads in km 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 Total road length 1578 1636 1675 Double lane 128 128 128 Single lane 1384 1455 1503 Other Jeep able 6 3 2 Non Jeepable 60 50 42 Source: Kullu district at a glance, Government of HP

Water Supply 121. As per planning department of Himachal Pradesh, all 16,997 villages in the state were provided with safe drinking water facility by March 1994. Availability of piped and potable water supply affects the health of people. As on December 2006, number of partially covered villages was 479 and number of fully covered villages was 6,031. None of the villages in the district remains uncovered. In addition, 938 hand pumps were functional in the district. Though the piped water supply is ensured but quality of water is still a question mark. Water borne diseases constitute single largest group of all diseases.

Electrification 122. As per the district statistical abstract, 100% rural electrification has been achieved in the Kullu, Mandi, Shimla and Chamba districts and 85.47% achieved in Kinnaur district by 31st March 2010.

3.3.4 Land Use 123. The HP state is spread over deep small valleys and high elevations and cultivation is possible only in small terraces of holdings in the high hills or in the basins of streams/khads. However, in the deep valleys though very few in numbers, the cultivation is spread in a vast area. Most of the land, is either under shrub forests or greasy land with Chil, Pine trees up to the height of 1,500 metres from mean sea level and Kail, Deodar, Rai, Ban, Mauru, Rhododendrons and Kanor on the high altitude. Near the basins of rivers and khads, land is flat and fertile and the cultivation of cereals and pulses and seasonal vegetables is done extensively. Sloping areas of high altitudes are most suitable for horticulture purposes for apples, almonds, walnuts, apricots and others.

124. Prior to the coming of Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, there were three kinds of land tenure systems prevalent in the district and these were (i) Zamindari, (ii) Pattedari and (iii) Bhaichara. Zamindari system of land tenure was abolished after the introduction of Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reforms Act and most of the cultivators who were tenants of the landlords for generations became the owners of the land except in case of holdings of those land lords who were minors, widows, disabled and service personnel. Land holding in the hilly terrains, of the district are small in size, scattered and fragmented and comprise terraced fields, in major part of the cultivable area. With a view to do away with uneconomical land holdings, the Government of Himachal Pradesh has taken certain steps for the consolidation of holdings, under the Consolidation of Holding Act. Table 43 shows the Land Use pattern in HP state.

Table 43: Land use pattern of Himachal Pradesh SNo. Land Use Area in Ha Percentage 1 Total geographical area 5,567 2 Reporting area for land utilization 4,545 100.00 3 Forest 1,101 24.22 4 Not available for cultivation 1,130 24.86 5 Permanent pasture and other grazing lands 1,501 33.03 6 Land under misc. Tree crop & groves 69 1.52 7 Culturable wasteland 127 2.79 8 Fallow lands other than current fallows 14 0.31 9 Current fallow 60 1.32 10 Net area sown 543 11.95 Source: India State of Forest Report 2009

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 47

125. There is lot of variation in land physiographic and agro climatic conditions in Chamba district. The district harbours low hills subtropical regions of Bhatiyat block, mid hills sub humid areas of Chamba (Sadar), high hills temperate regions of Salooni, Mehla and Tissa and high land tribal areas of Bharmaur and Pangi. Consequently, land use pattern varies widely from one region to another. Out of the total geographical area of 5,06,899 hectares (excluding Pangi block), the cultivated area is only 38,837 hectares accounting for about 8 per cent) of the geographical area of the district. The availability of cultivable land decreases drastically from low to high hills. In the blocks like Bharmaur, Tissa and Salooni, the availability of arable land is limited due to undulating topography and hilly terrains but more area can be developed and brought under plough. The major proportion of the area falls under permanent pastures and forest lands. However, there are 2,085 hectares of culturable waste and 5,523 hectares of fallow land that can be developed and brought under cultivation which would increase the existing cultivated area by about 20 per cent. Table 44 shows the land use pattern.

Table 44: Land use pattern of Chamba district Particulars Bharmaur Bhatiyat Chamba Mehla Salooni Tissa Total Total geographical area 171,739 59,587 32,623 94,324 49,815 98,811 506,899 Forests Productive 18,170 13,008 3,962 52,853 5,006 11,330 104,329 Degraded 7,787 5,575 2,642 5,873 0 5,332 27,208 Barren and uncultivable land Rocky 588 148 95 574 430 816 2,651 Stony 95 0 0 0 95 Sloppy 0 591 95 0 0 0 686 Land put to non-agricultural uses Buildings 274 806 1,915 1,776 1,293 6,064 Roads/paths/channels 640 805 0 0 1,078 2,523 Culturable waste Weed/bush infested 425 40 65 219 57 200 1,006 Area prone to animal menace 150 60 131 0 0 738 1,079 Permanent pasture and other grazing lands Productive 136,000 6,055 8,427 25,063 34,212 71,925 281,682 Degraded 1,362 24,219 8,427 0 0 0 34,008 Land under miscellaneous 1,180 11 0 1 6 10 1,208 tree crops and groves Fallow land Current fallow 299 668 178 620 2,190 138 4,093 Other fallow 761 152 21 231 136 129 1,430 Cultivated land 4,103 9,060 6,874 6,976 6,002 5,822 38,837 Source: District agriculture plan 2009

126. Total land requirement for Tranche 2 subprojects is given in Table 45 below: Table 45: Total land* required for Tranche 2 subprojects SNo. Project Total Land Area Private Land Government/Forest land COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 5,075 sqm 5,075 sq.m Nil T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni 9720 sqm 1100 sqm 8620 sq m switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation 13.282 km ROW COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 38,642 sqm 38,642 sqm Nil T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal 1.895 km ROW substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 9,600 sqm 9600 sqm Nil T3 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal 6 km ROW to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) 9600 sqm Nil 9600 sqm T4 132 kV S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to 10 km ROW LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti 14,250 sqm 14,250 sqm Nil T5 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS 805,700 sqm 470,750 sqm 334,950 sqm Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti 22.7 km ROW S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 17,625 sqm 17,625 sqm Nil COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan 2250 sqm 2250 sqm Nil T6 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching 11 km ROW station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV 38.7 km ROW substation at Charor

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 48

SNo. Project Total Land Area Private Land Government/Forest land T8 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV 18.6 km ROW Banala substation S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 11,280 sqm. 11,280 sqm. Nil S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 9,600 sqm. 9,600 sqm. Nil S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 9600 sqm. Nil 9600 sqm 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line 0.05 km ROW * For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

3.3.5 Agricultural Development/Other income sources Agriculture 127. Horticulture and agriculture play very important roles in the economy of Himachal Pradesh. The economy of Kinnaur district is predominantly agriculture based where as large as 67.09% of the total working force is engaged in tilling the cultivable land. The space of arable land is small and the cultivation is common on narrow strips along the browse of the mountains. The crops for the most part are poor and a great scarcity of grain pervades. In time of scarcity, horse chestnuts are dried and ground into flour. The standard grains of Kinnaur are barley, phaphra (Fagopyrum esculentum) and ogla (Fagopyrum emerginatum); barley is sown in March-April and harvested in July after which the fields are prepared for the ogla and phaphra which are harvested in October. At the places where one cropping season is undertaken, the important crops grown are Ooa (Hordeum coeleste), wheat, phaphra and barley which are sown in April and harvested in August- September. The other grains are bathu (Amranthus), cheena (Panicum miliaceum) and koda (Paspalum ocribiculatum). Generally, the local millets are grown as cereals. A long and typical winter season is responsible for low production. Non-food crops do not have much of importance. Farming is dependent on irrigation and the main sources are the Kuhls (water channels) drawn from the streams fed by glaciers. Due to high profits, the people have enthusiastically taken to raising off-season vegetable crops like cabbage, peas, tomatoes, beans, seed potato and pulses. Table 46 shows the crop calendar.

Table 46: Crop calendar SNo. Crop Month of sowing Month of harvesting 1 Maize May to June October 2 Wheat October to April June /September/ October 3 Jo October/November/May June/July/September/October 4 Small Jo June September/October 5 Mash June October 6 Potato April to June October 7 Mustard October/November May/June 8 Pea April/June /October August/October/April/May 9 Rajmah May/June September/October Source: District Statistical Abstract - Kinnaur

128. As per District agriculture plan of Chamba district, the farmers of the district generally take two crops per year. Maize is the main crop of the Kharif season and potato and paddy are also sown, in some areas. Wheat and barley are the major Rabi crops. The period of sowing and harvesting of crops depends on the elevations. Millets and coarse cereals like ogla, kangni, cheeney, chilai and bathu constitute important crops of the cold region of Bharmaur and Pangi where maize is not sown during the Kharif. Amongst the vegetables grown during the Kharif season are tomato, peas, potato and cabbage. Mostly these crops are grown to meet local requirements of the cultivators. Six seed multiplication farms are functioning at Bhanota, Rajpura, Bhagat, Thullet, Ahla and Dharwas.

129. According to agriculture production, the Shimla district can be divided into three broad regions: (i) valleys and basin areas (ii) mid hills and (iii) high hills. The low lying areas of Rampur, Suni, Kumarsain, Jubbal and Kotkhai, Chopal, Mashobra, Theog and Rohru tehsils, are particularly suitable for the cultivation of cereal crops. In the mid hill areas of these blocks, the scope to produce vegetables, fruits and cereals is immense. The higher elevations of these blocks are suitable, for growing apples, cherry, seed potatoes, almonds and walnuts, paddy, wheat, maize,

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 49 millets and pulses. Mushroom cultivation and a number of vegetables such as potatoes, peas, cauliflower are also grown in the district. Central Potato Research Institute which has a potato research station in Kufri and potato farms are functioning in Shillaru, Kharapathar, Khadrala and Dhurla.

130. Major part of Kullu district grows apples and other fruits which are plum, peach, apricot, pomegranates and kiwi as well as nuts, especially almonds. Table 47 gives the details of area in hectare under different crops.

Table 47: Area of Kullu district under different crops S. No Crop 2007-08 (area in Ha) 2008-09 (area in Ha) Agriculture 1 Maize 16,375 16,337 2 Jo 3809 3801 3 Potato 1103 1115 4 Rise 1513 1498 5 Wheat 25,986 25,972 Horticulture 6 Apple 23113 23180 7 Other fruits 4094 4066 Total 27,207 27,246 Source: Kullu district at a Glance (Government of HP)

Horticulture 131. Kinnaur district is the one of the rich fruit producing districts of Himachal Pradesh. Grown at high altitude and in ideal climatic conditions, the apple of Kinnaur possesses better taste, colour and aroma. Besides, temperate fruits like walnut, almond, chilgoza, raisin, apricot, of Kinnaur are at par with the best quality produced among the world. The area under apples in Kinnaur was 8,832 hectares producing 47,446 tonnes apples. Majority of area and production is realised in Kalpa block.

132. The variations in the climatic conditions in the Chamba district present immense possibilities for the development of horticulture. The district has suitable pockets for the production of hazenut, chilgoza, apricot, walnut, peach, apple, pear, plum and mango. The apple orchards are located mainly in Churah, Bharmaur, Chamba and Pangi tehsil and salooni sub- tehsils where delicious varieties of red, royal and golden apples etc. are mostly found. Walnut is grown all over the district. Chilgoza is mostly found in Pangi area and certain pockets of Bharmaur tehsil. There are three olive development centers in the district at Lanji, Sarol and Rajnagar. In order to meet the plant requirements of the cultivator, the department is maintaining progeny orchards and nurseries in the district. In order to provide a market for horticultural produce, the horticulture department of the state government has started fruit canning unit in the public sector at Rajpura and other such unit is functioning at Chamba in the cooperative sector.

133. One third of total fruit production of the state is coming from Shimla district alone. Nearly fifty per cent of total apple crop of the state is produced in Shimla district. There are two fruit research stations functioning in the districts-one at Mashobra and the other at Kotkhai. Further, there are 17 progeny orchards, 31 plant protection centres, 2 garden colonies, 1 community colony and 6 grading and packaging houses, working in the district. With a view to provide all required essential infrastructure to fruits production, government has set up four cold storage centres at Oddi, Jarol Tikkar, Rohru and Gumma, each with a capacity of one thousand tonnes. There is one canning unit also in the district.

134. Horticulture plays an important role in the economic life and prosperity of the people of Kullu. Greater emphasis is being laid on this sector because the geographical features and climatic conditions prevailing in the district are ideally suited for fruit farming. Apart from apples other varieties of fruits grown in Kullu district are plum, peach, apricot, pomegranates, kiwi and nuts, especially almonds.

Bee Keeping 135. Bees are very important for apple production as they help in pollination of apple crop for IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 50 setting of fruits. Shimla district have the required flora for bees. In Kotkhai, there is one Ag-Mark laboratory engaged in processing and packaging of honey. There are seven bee keeping stations functioning in the district in Sawra, Nerva, Dodakwar, Hatkoti, Annu, Gauna and Shimla. There are more than 60 commercial private units and more than 500 small private, bee keeping units functioning in the district.

136. As per district agriculture profile of Chamba district, (GoHP) Chamba has lots of potential for bee keeping development as a potential enterprise in this district as there is sufficient flora available. In certain locations, farmers are rearing exotic (Apis mellifera) as well as indigenous (Apis indica) bee colonies. Both stationary and migratory bee keeping practices are adopted. In Bharmaur, high quality honey is produced due to availability of medicinal flora Chhichhari (Plectranthrus). Presently, bee keeping is not a specialised activity but a supplementary enterprise but with the emphasis on horticultural development, the bee keeping may gain importance to harness their complimentary benefits in pollination. With the increase in area under fruit, sufficient bee flora can be produced in flowering season. However, like sheep and goats, migratory bee keeping will be more feasible during winter if the bee colonies are shifted to other areas that time of the year.

Animal Husbandry 137. The livestock census data in HP state for the last 5 livestock census is given below in Table 48 which indicates that the total livestock population has declined by about 0.1 million heads between 1987 and 2008. Though the pastoral and livestock based livelihood is declining in number, the stock is improving in quality as the output is increasing:-

Table 48: Category wise Cattle as per Livestock Census SNo. Category 1987 1992 1997 2003 2008 1. Cattle 22.45 21.65 21.74 21.96 2.79 2. Buffaloes 7.95 7.04 7.48 7.73 7.62 3. Sheep 11.14 10.79 10.80 9.06 9.01 4. Goats 11.20 11.18 11.68 11.16 12.41 5. Horses and Ponies 0.20 0.14 0.13 0.17 0.136 6. Mules and Donkeys 0.31 0.24 0.26 0.33 0.26 7. Pigs 0.18 0.07 0.07 0.03 0.02 8. Other Livestock 0.02 0.06 0.08 0.02 0.02 Total 53.45 51.17 52.24 50.46 52.26

138. Given the difficult geographical features of the Kinnaur district, livestock is indispensable for agriculture and horticulture development in the district. Cross breeding of jersey and holstein breed cows, marino and rembuilt in sheep, and white leg horn and rhode island red birds in poultry were introduced in the district. Number of veterinary hospitals, dispensaries, outlying dispensaries artificial insemination centres are also functioning in the district to prevent common ailments and control of infectious diseases. For improving the quality of sheep and wool, Government Sheep Breeding farm at Jeori is supplying improved sheep to the breeders of the district.

139. Chamba district has total of 2,90,852 livestock, with 138 veterinary breeding farms, 1 wool analysis centre, and 36,921 poultry farms. Details are given in Table 49 below.

Table 49: Status of Animal Husbandry in Chamba district Total live stock 2,90,852 Crossbred 27,994 Veterinary institutions 138 Sheep breeding farm 1 Poultry farm 1 Wool analysis centre 1 Poultry 36,921 Source: District Profile of Chmaba (district official website)

Fisheries 140. Fishing in the state is regulated under Himachal Pradesh Fisheries Act, 1976. Satluj and tributaries of Yamuna - Giri, Pabber Tons, Ashani and Shalvi have more than 400 km length available for fishing. Some of the fish species are Torputitora, Salmotrulta, Schyzpthorax, Fasio Salmo, Gairdineri, Gairedinerri Bagarius and weedy fishes. Fast flowing cold water, in different IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 51 rivers and khuds is quite suitable for varied species of fish in the district.

141. Kullu district has perennial rivers, the Beas, Solang, Manalsu, Chhaki, Parvati, Sujoin, Fozal, Garsa, Kurpan etc. The important variety of fish found in the district is Trout and Himalayan Barbel. Trout fish farms have been established at Patlikuhl, Babeli and Nagni to give a boost to this enterprise. The total fish production in the district during 2006-07 was 243 metric tonnes, the value of which turned out to be Rs. 13.5 million.

3.3.6 Mineral Development 142. As per investigation of Geological Survey of India, the minerals available in Himachal Pradesh include limestone, birytes, clays, mica, iron pyrites, salt, gypsum, slate, antimony and lead. The distribution of these minerals is scattered all over the state and includes lime stone in Bilaspur, Sirmaur and Kangra districts; salt and slates in Mandi district; gypsum in Rajban, Bharli in Sirmour district; Lahaul & Spiti and Sapatu in Solan district; byryte in Sirmour, iron ore in Mandi and Kangra; and uranium in Kullu and Hamirpur districts.

3.3.7 Tourism Facilities 143. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur district is a tourist hub that has many places of historical, archaeological and religious importance such as Kalpa, Reckong Peo, Sangla, Chango, Chhitkul, Kothi, Leo, Lippa, Moorang, and Nichar.

144. Chamba district. The Chamba town stands on a plateau on the right bank of the Ravi river valley between Dhauladhar and Zanskar ranges south of the inner Himalayas. This town was founded by Raja Sahil Varman when he conquered the lower Rani valley from the petty chiefs called Ranas and Thakurs in the beginning of 10th Century. Important tourism places in Chamba district are Bhuri Singh Museum, Akhand Chandi Palace, Bharmour, Champavati temple, Chamunda Devi Temple, Chaugan, Dalhousie, Hari Rai Temple, Kilar (Pangi valley HQ), Laxmi Narayan Temple, Manimahesh Lake, Rang Mahal, Saho, Sui Mata Temple, Vajreshwari temple, and Chhatrari.

145. Shimla district. Shimla district has many places of historical, archaeological and religious importance. Apart from Shimla town, Kufri, Naldehra, Narkanda, Rohru, Hatkoti, Kotgarh, Rampur, Sarahan are the main centres, of tourist interest. Shimla is also known for a number of fairs and festivals. Lavi fair of Rampur, which has acquired the status of international fair, is the most important and popular fair of the district. Large number of traders come all the way from other states to Rampur to buy woollen articles, dry fruits and medicinal herbs. Certain other fairs held in the district are Sippi fair of Mashobra, Barara fair of Kumarsain, Bhoj fair organized in village Guman in Rohru Tehsil, Charyoli fair held in village Bodna in Chopal tehsil, Chunehar fair of Theog tehsil, Dudhbahali fair of Rampur tehsil. In addition, Jagna Shari fair of tehsil Jubbal, Mahasu Jatar (Mahasu Village), Pathar-ka-khel fair (of Halog), Rampur-k-Jatar (village Rampuri), Rihali Fair (Suni tehsil), Rohru Fair, Sarahan Fair and Shancha fair (Village Baragaon) also take place in the district. These fairs provide not only a good platform for social and cultural integration, but also give a big boost to economic activity.

146. The Kullu valley well connected by air and road and is situated on either side of river Beas and attracts national and international tourists. The Kullu valley runs north to south of this Beas river and is 80 km long and about 2 km at its broadest. The valley is famous for its exquisitely woven colourful handmade shawls and Kullu caps. Important tourists site in Kullu valley are Manali valley, Bajaura, Banjar, Bijli Mahadev Temple, Camping site Raison, Kasol, Katrain, Larji, Malana, Manikaran, Naggar, Raghunathji Temple, Vaishno Devi Temple and Great Himalyan National Park. 3.4 Social and Cultural Resources 3.4.1 Population and Community 147. According to Surveyor General of India, the total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,673 sq. km. Area-wise, Hamirpur is the smallest district of the Pradesh which covers an area of 1,118 sq. kilometres (2.01%) and Lahaul and Spiti has the largest area of 13,835 sq. km (24.85%). The total population of Himachal Pradesh, according to 2001 census was 60,77,900, which gives a

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 52 population density of 109 persons per sq. km. There are wide variations in area and population of the districts and the district-wise density varies from 2 persons per sq. kilometre in Lahaul and Spiti to 369 persons in Hamirpur district. Out of the total population, the number of males and females is 30,87,940 and 29,89,960, respectively, which means that the number of females per 1000 males is 968. The sex ratio of females per thousand males has been rising continuously in Himachal Pradesh since 1951 census but declined from 976 in 1991 census to 968 in 2001 census. The total percentage of rural population is 90.20% of the total population residing in 17,495 inhabited villages. Himachal Pradesh has the highest percentage of rural population among all the states of the country. The scheduled caste population in the state is 15,02,170 (2001 census) which is 24.72% of the total population as per 2001 census. The scheduled tribe population which has its concentration in districts of Kinnaur and Lahaul Spiti and parts of Chamba district and scattered in other districts is 2,44,587, which is 4.02% of the total population. About 60 percent of the state’s tribal population falls under the tribal sub-plan areas.

148. There are 56 urban local bodies - one nagar nigam, 20 municipal councils and 28 nagar pachayats and 7 cantonment boards, seven cantonment areas and one census town in Himachal Pradesh. The population of these urban settlements is 5,95,581 as per 2001 census. The largest one is the Shimla town with a population of 1,42,161 and the smallest one, is Narkanda with a population of 712.

149. In 2011, Kinnaur had population of 84,298 of which male and female were 46,364 and 37,934 respectively. In 2001 census, Kinnaur had a population of 78,334 of which males were 42,173 and remaining 36,161 were females.

150. In 2011, Chamba district had population of 518,844 of which male and female were 260,848 and 257,996 respectively. In 2001 census, Chamba had a population of 460,887 of which males were 235,218 and remaining 225,669 were females.

151. The population of the Shimla district was 7,22,502 (2001 census), of which 3,80,996 (53%) males, 3,41,506 (47%) female, sex ratio (F:M) is 896:1000 and density of population is 147 per sq. km. The rural and urban population is 5,55,269 (77%) and 1,67,233 (23%) respectively. The schedule caste and scheduled tribes population in the district is 26% and 0.60% respectively. In 2001, census was not done in Kinnaur district due to occurrence of natural calamities in the year.

152. The total population of the Kullu district was 3,81,571 as per the 2001 census, which accounts for 6.25 per cent of the state’s population of which males were 198,016 and remaining 183,555 were females.. In 2011, Kullu had population of 437,474 of which male and female were 224,320 and 213,154 respectively. Kullu district population constituted 6.38 percent of total HP population. In 2001 census, this figure for Kullu district was at 6.28% of HP population.

3.4.2 Education Facilities 153. According to 2001 census, the overall literacy percentage of Himachal Pradesh was 76.5% (85.30% for males and 67.40% for females). Comparatively, it is much higher than the all-India literacy rate, which is 65.38%. The literacy rate in Himachal Pradesh has been improving faster than the all-India figures. Himachal Pradesh is characterised by a very strong correlation between sex ratio (females per thousand and males) and literacy. Districts with higher density of female population vis-à-vis male population have high literacy rates.

154. There are 1,612 primary school and 350 secondary and 306 higher secondary schools in Shimla district and 189 primary schools and 38 secondary and 44 higher secondary schools in Kinnaur district. There are 1,115 primary school and 81 secondary and 85 high schools in Chamba district. The details are shown in Tables 50 and 51 below.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 53

Table 50: Detail of School and Colleges in year 2009 – 10 in Kinnaur & Shimla districts S no. Item Kinnaur Shimla 1 Primary schools 189 1,612 2 students enrolled in Primary Schools 5,904 52,663 3 Teachers in Primary schools 532 3,545 4 Secondary schools 38 350 5 students enrolled in Secondary Schools 3,811 35,266 6 Teachers in Secondary schools 119 3,462 7 Higher Secondary Schools 44 306 8 Students enrolled in Higher Secondary 3,857 53,709 9 Teachers in Higher Secondary Schools 439 4,926 10 Colleges 1 09 11 Students enrolled in Colleges 321 12,858 12 Colleges Teachers 21 270 Source: District Statistical Abstract 2009-10

155. The districts have some technical and law colleges and distance learning programs and correspondence courses offered by various study centres under Open University Scheme of Indian Universities.

Table 51: Detail of Educational institutes and literacy in Chamba district Degree colleges 7- Chamba, Chowari, Banikhet, Salooni, Tissa, Pangi and Bharmour. B. Ed. College 1-Chamba Polytechnic institutes 2- Chamba and Banikhet. Senior secondary schools 81 High schools 85 Middle schools 239 Primary schools 1,115 Literacy rate 63.73% (2001 CENSUS) Male literacy 77.22% Female Literacy 49.78% Source: http://www.himachalpr.gov.in

156. Average literacy rate of Kullu district in 2011 were 80.14 compared to 72.90 of 2001, Male and female literacy were 88.80 and 71.01 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 83.98 and 60.88 in Kullu District. Total literate in Kullu District were 310,487 of which male and female were 176,552 and 133,935 respectively. In 2001, Kullu District had 239,649 in its district. The number of primary schools has increased from 425 in 1995 to 730 in 2006-07, the impact of which has been reflected by the increasing literacy rate in the district. The number of middle and high/senior secondary schools has also increased over the period. In order to provide higher educational facilities, the number of colleges has increased to 4 during 2006-07. The teacher- student ratio at primary level has decreased over the period and is 1:13 at present but at middle level the ratio is 1:65 which needs to be reduced by increasing the number of teachers (details in Table 52).

Table 52: Number of Recognized Schools and Colleges in Kullu District (2010-11) Year Primary schools Middle schools High / senior secondary Colleges schools 2006-07 730 115 87 4 2007-08 741 129 104 4 2008-09 741 128 104 4 2009-10 743 128 104 4 2010-11 749 127 104 4 Source: District Statistical Abstract

3.4.3 Health Facilities 157. Shimla district has 1645 allopathic hospitals, 220 community health centres, 201 primary health centres, and 28 civil hospitals. Chamba district has 1 civil hospital, 7 community health centres, 42 primary health centres, and 176 sub centres. Kullu district has 2 civil hospitals, 5 community health centres, 17 primary health centres, and 1 Homeopathy health centre. Table 53 gives the details.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 54

Table 53: List of Government Institutions SNo. Health Institution Kinnaur Shimla Chamba Kullu 1 Regional Hospitals 1 1 1 2 Civil Hospital 1 28 1 2 3 Community Health Centers 3 220 7 6 4 Primary Health Centers 21 201 42 17 5 Sub-Centers 31 112 176 99 6 Ayurvedic Hospitals 1 2 2 7 Ayurvedic Dispensaries 27 147 99 8 Rural Centers 3 9 Homeopathy Hospital 2 1 10 Available Beds 99 Source: District official website

158. As per the reports of Planning Department of Himachal Pradesh, Table 54 shows the status of various infrastructure in the state as on 31st March 2009.

Table 54: Rural Infrastructure in Himachal Pradesh at the end of 31st March 2009 Nos. Item Unit Position as on 31.3.2009 1 Road Length (Motorable) km. 30,302 2. Villages connected with Roads No 9,243 3 Bridges No 1,604 4 Primary Schools No 10,751 5. Middle Schools Nos. 2,338 6 High Schools Nos. 835 7 Senior Secondary Schools Nos. 223 8 Veterinary Hospitals Nos. 283 9. Veterinary Dispensaries Nos. 1,753 10. PHC/CHC/RH/SHCs Nos. 522 11. Health Sub-Centres Nos. 2,071 12. Civil Dispensaries Nos. 41 13 Ayurvedic Dispensaries Nos. 1,126 Source: Planning department, Himachal Pradesh (http://hpplanning.nic.in/)

3.4.4 Sites of Cultural, Archaeological and Historical Significance 159. Kinnaur district. There are several temples in Kinnaur district that date back to ancient times. The Chandika Temple at Kothi (also called Koshtampi) is an ancient temple dedicated to goddess Chandika, more especially designated as Shuwang Chandika. The Mathi Temple at Chhitkul (3450m), which is the last and highest village in the Baspa valley, has three temples, the main one was said to have been constructed about five hundred years ago. The Narayan-Nagani temple is situated at Kalpa (2759 m) which lies on the old Hindustan Tibet Road at a distance of 260 km from Shimla. There are couple of Buddhist monasteries at Kalpa including the Hu-Bu-Ian- Car Gompa, said to be founded it by Rinchensang-Po (950-1055AD). Kalpa is located close to the foot of 6050 meter high Kinner Kailash, the legendary winter home of Shiva. Kinner Kailash mountain is regarded as one of the mythical homes of Lord Shiva, where a 79 feet high rock formation resembles Sivalinga. This Sivalinga changes the colour as the day passes. Also visible on the stretch is the peak of Raldang (5499 m). At Chango (3058m), buddhism is generally practiced, but there are some local Hindu deities too namely Gyalbo, Dablaand Yulsa. In Lippa (2438m), there are three Buddhist temples dedicated to Galdang Chhoikar, Dunguir and Kangyur. Apart from the Buddhist temples there is yet another old sanctuary dedicated to Tangtashu, a local deity. Other important sites in Kinnaur district are Moorang, Nichar, Nako, Namgya, Pooh, Chango Temples at Chango, Rakchham, Ribba, Maheshwar Temple at Sungra, Rarang Monastery at Rarang, Durga Temple at Ropa, Charang Temple, Brelengi Gompa at Brelengi near Peo.

160. Chamba district. Chamba is the capital of a culturally rich ancient hill state. It has been endowed with numerous monuments of varying antiquity which include temples, palaces, stylish buildings of high aesthetic value and beautiful green spaces known as chowgan. The monuments like Akhand Chandi Palace, along with Zenana Palace, Lakshmi Narayan Temple, Rang Mahal and above all the majestic chowgan are valuable historical and cultural assets.Akhand Chandi and Zenana Mahal were built by Raja Umed Singh sometime between 1748 and 1764. Laxmi Narayan Temple, Bansigopal Temple, Sita Ram Temple, Champavati Temple, Hari Rai Temple, Vajareshwari Temple, Chamunda Devi Temple, Suhi Mata Temple, Temples of Chauntra, Kharura

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 55 and Jansali Mohallas are the other historic and cultural important places of Chamba. There is also a fair organised every year from 15th of the Chait to the first of Baisakhi which is popularly known as Sui Mata ka Mela.

161. Bhuri Singh Power House is a hydel generation power house made by Mian Bhuri Singh, who became the Raja of Chamba in 1904. This was the first power house in the northern India. As such Chamba town had electricity even before Lahore.

162. Shimla district. The ancient Hatkoti Temples are within the project area. On the basis of the architectural design and style of sculpture it is believed that the Hatkoti temples belong to the Gupta period and must have been built between the 6th and 9th century A.D. At the heart of the Hatkoti valley stand the hills of Sunpuri, merging into each other, making it sacred for the localities to call it the Ardhnarishwar. Surmounting this hillock is a small temple with another finely chiseled image of Mahishasurmardini, made of stone. Small temples scattered nearby are said to have been built by the Pandavas. Once the capital of the Princely State of Bushahr, the Rampur town situated on the Hindustan Tibet Road along the banks of Satluj river has Dumgir Buddhist Temple, Padam Palace, Raghunath Temple, Ayodhya temple and Narsingh Temple. In the month of November, the Lavi Fair is organized here. Narkanda (2708 m) has an ancient temple of Hatu Mata as well as wonderful slopes for skiing. Beyond Rampur, a small village, Sarahan provides a spectacular view of Shrikhand Mahadev (5227 m) and hiking opportunities to the nearby villages such as Ranwin and Bashal Peak. The Bhimakali temple, dedicated to Goddess Durga, where as per legend, this is where goddess Shakti destroyed the mythical demon king, Bhasmasur. At Tattapani, 51 km from Shimla, there are hot sulfurous springs as well as Shiv Goofa at Saraur (4 km).

163. Kullu district. Raghunathji Temple is dedicated to the chief deity of Kullu-Raghunath Ji. Dussehra festival is held in its name. The idol is same which was used by Lord Rama himself at the time of Ashwamegh Yagya and was brought from Tretnath temple of Ayodhya. Vaishno Devi Temple, on the way to Manali 3 km. from Kullu has a small cave just like Vaishno Devi Temple. Bhakhali Temple, about 10 km far from Kullu, is the adobe of Jagannathi mata, also called as Bhuweneshawari, sister of Lord Narayana. The temple is 1500 years old. Bijli Mahadev Temple (2435 m) on Mathan is 11 km from Kullu. Addi Brahma Temple (Khokhan) is 12 km from Kullu on a link road from Shamshi at 4 km distance from there. The temple of Aadi Brahma is in Pagoda style. Other important cultural and heritage sites of Kullu district are Bishweshwer Temple (Bajuara), Rama Temple (Manikaran), Gurudwara Shri Narayan Hari (Manikaran), Dhungri or Hadimba Temple, Manu Maharaj Temple (Manali-Village), Vashistha Rishi Temple (Manali), Rama Temple (Left Bank), Gauri Shankar Temple (Left Bank), Sandhya Devi Temple (Left Bank), Dashal Temple (Left Bank), Tripura Sundary Temple (Naggar), Guari Shankar Temple (Naggar), Murlidhar Temple (Thawa-Naggar), Vishnu Temples (Naggar), Shringa Rishi Temple (Banjar), Parshuram Temple (Banjar), Ambika Temple (Banjar), Shrikhand Mahadev (Banjar), and Dhar Deo Dhank Cave (Nirmand).

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 56

4.0 SCREENING OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 HPPTCL’s Approach for Route Selection 164. As per its Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP), May, 2011 HPPTCL shall adopt a proactive route alignment approach. Preliminary route selection for transmission lines shall be done by HPPTCL based on walk over surveys, usage of tools such as the forest atlas, revenue papers and 1:50,000 topographical maps of the area from Survey of India. It shall strive to move towards using modern tools like Geographical Information System (GIS)/Global Positioning System (GPS) for a precision in route alignment with the larger picture in view while finalizing the route. i. During route alignment, all possible efforts shall be made to avoid forest areas or to keep it to the barest minimum. Whenever it becomes unavoidable due to the geography of the terrain or heavy cost involved in avoiding it, different alternative options shall be considered to minimize the requirement of forest area. The selected route shall be easily accessible in dry, rainy and winter (snow) seasons for maintenance purposes. ii. At the planning stage itself, one of the factors that govern the establishment of the transmission line is the infringement of populated/forest/cultivated area and scarce land. Wherever such infringements are substantial, different alternative options are to be considered.

4.1.1 Methodology for Selection of Route: Environmental and Social view 165. Route selection among alternatives considers environmental parameters, availability of logistics support during construction, operation and maintenance of transmission lines and specific geographical condition to construct the lines along most feasible routes that were identified are based on the relevant topographic maps and walkover surveys.

166. For selection of the optimum route/site, the following points are taken into consideration by HPPTCL as per its ESSP May 2011: i. The transmission line avoids environmentally sensitive areas, eco sensitive zones, forests, sanctuaries national parks, biosphere reserves. ii. The transmission line route impacts minimally on natural resources to accomplish this, route selection of transmission line is undertaken in close consultation with representation of the state Forest, Environment, and Revenue Departments. Site-specific alterations are made to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at execution stage. iii. The proposed transmission line bypasses human habitation by a safe distance. iv. No monuments of cultural, archaeological or historical significance are affected. v. The proposed transmission line does not adversely impact any local community assets such as playground, hospitals, schools, places of worship etc. vi. The proposed route of transmission line does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal community. vii. Avoidance of mining protected and reserved forest, archaeological and other sensitive areas unstable ground feature, marshy low lying areas, river beds and earth slip zones. viii. Minimizing number of crossing of major rivers/railway lines, national and state highways, overhead EHV power line, number of towers and communication lines. ix. Routing is kept away from large habitations, densely populated areas, animal / bird sanctuaries, and utility pipelines to the extent possible and avoid areas reserved for planned and future development. x. Restricted areas such as civil and military installations and airfields have been avoided. xi. To minimize adverse impacts on natural habitats, human habitations efforts will be made to locate majority of substations/towers on barren, waste, or fallow agricultural lands.

167. In addition, HPPTCL shall follow the principle of avoidance by avoiding the forestland unless it is inescapable and in such instances, it shall obtain prior clearance from competent

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 57

authorities. It shall abide by the relevant guidelines of state and central goverment, including the directions of the Supreme Court from time to time.

4.2 Alternatives for Subproject Components

4.2.1 Transmission Lines 168. In order to achieve this, HPPTCL has undertaken route selection for transmission lines in close consultation with representatives from Land Acquisition, Departments of Forest, Department of Wildlife Conservation and the local community. Although under the National law, HPPTCL has the right of way, yet it considers alternative alignments during site selection, with minor alterations to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at the implementation stage. As per ESSP May 2011, HPPTCL shall follow the following guidelines: i. Minimum of three alternative routes shall be studied in detail using a set of techno-economical, environmental, ecological and social impact parameters to arrive at the most optimally suitable alignment that is technically feasible, economically viable, socially just and environmentally safe. ii. A maximum width of Right of Way (RoW) for transmission lines on forestland and minimum clearances between conductors (depending on specific voltage) and trees to be adhered in route selection. iii. HPPTCL shall attempt at reducing the number of trees affected and width of the Right of Way (RoW) etc. through adoption of appropriate technological option like construction of narrow base towers, towers with extension, compact towers, multi-circuits, and monopole towers and/or innovating upon standard procedures. Specially designed high towers shall be used for reducing impact on trees, orchards wildlife and crossing wetlands, riverbeds. iv. HPPTCL shall explore possibility of adopting a variable width RoW, wherever feasible, so as to minimize land requirement especially cutting of trees and removal of other vegetation. v. Tower sites shall preferably, as far as technically feasible and permitted by the safety parameters mandatory under Indian Electricity Act Rules 77 and 80 regarding clearances from ground and buildings respectively. The towers may be located on mountain ridges to save trees in the RoW below the conductors on the valley side between two successive towers. vi. All efforts to minimize the involvement of trees falling in RoW shall be made. HPPTCL shall minimize number of trees required to be felled even if their cost has been paid. Pruning of trees will be done wherever required instead of heavy lopping or felling. vii. To minimize damage to the environment HPPTCL shall use manual stringing in thick forest and on slopes wherever possible. viii. Transmission line design shall comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines. ix. Visible pathways along the transmission line alignment shall be maintained for patrolling and maintenance purposes. x. For aviation safety, in addition to putting visible signs along the conductors and on the towers, the route alignment would be shared with the nearest airport or nearest office of the Airports Authority. xi. In addition, care is also taken to avoid/minimise protected parks/forests, bird sanctuaries and any other forest area rich in wild life.

4.2.2 GIS Substations 169. For selection of appropriate site for substation, the following points are taken into consideration: i) Site selection should consider seismicity and geography of the local area; the area should not be prone to landslide or be unstable. ii) Construction activities do not adversely affect the population living near the proposed substations and does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal community etc. iii) The location of substation does not affect any monument of cultural or historical importance.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 58 iv) No resettlement of households by the substation site, no loss of livelihoods, siting of transformers away from schools, hospitals and other sensitive receptors, with due consultation with the community and local government units concerned. v) Transformers and other equipment specifications compliant with GoI rules/regulations & International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) standards shall be followed. vi) Construction techniques and machinery selection shall be made with a view to minimize ground disturbance. vii) While planning for substations, drainage lines shall also be marked and studied to avoid seepage/leakages and pollution of water sources and springs etc. viii) Substation location/design to ensure that noise will not be a nuisance to neighbouring properties. Provision of noise barriers near substation sites will be made. ix) Substation design will comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference within floor area. Security fences will be erected around substations. Warning signs shall be displayed. x) HPPTCL shall adopt good practices and shall always strive for a high standard of house- keeping for its substations and ancillary facilities. xi) HPPTCL shall incorporate the best technical practices to deal with environmental issues in its working. xii) Design of substations shall be made so as to include modern fire control systems/firewalls. Provision of firefighting equipment would be made to be located close to transformers, switchgears etc.

170. Keeping above in mind, various alignments of each transmission lines were considered. All alternatives were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum route which can be taken up for detailed survey and assessment of environmental and social impacts. Annexure 2 gives the alternative analysis for the GIS substations and Annexure 3 gives an illustrative evaluation analysis of the alternative transmission line alignments for the proposed subprojects. Annexure 4 gives the inventorisation along the proposed transmission lines. Table 55 below gives the summary of the final evaluation of each substation site / transmission line alignment selection.

Table 55: Summary of final alternative taken for sub-project consideration SN Project Component Alternative Chosen* Reason COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Site A: HPPTCL land 5,075 sq near Barren in nature, Lesser number of trees switching station at Urni Urni village to be felled and away from population. T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) Least number of trees to be felled as transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni Route A line length 13.382 compared to other routes and least forest switching station to Wangtoo GIS land involvement. substation COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station Away from protected/reserve forest area. Site A: Approx. 38,642 sqm HPPTCL (P.S) at Lahal No forest tree involved and lies on land. shortest transmission line alignment. T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Forest reserve areas avoided. Interference Route A: 1.895 km long Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of with the houses/buildings is the least. Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS Nearest to the road, lesser number of Site B: Private land 9,600 sq.m substation at Banjal trees to be felled T3 132 kV S/C transmission line from Less agricultural land used and least 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to Route A 6.0 km line length number of trees are affected. 33/132 kV Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation No forest reserve areas, no houses and Site A: Government land 9,600 sq.m at Chambi (Shahpur) easy connectivity to the proposed feeders. T4 132 kV S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO Forest reserve areas avoided. Interference TBD point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C with the houses/buildings is a very low. line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kV GIS switching station at Avoids the archeologically significant area. Hatkoti No reserve forest areas and no houses Site C: Private land near Sari (on nearby, minimum number of fruit trees and Patsari-Kharapathar Link Road) no forest trees involved. The minimum 14400 sqm. land acquisition for road construction involved. T5 220 kV D/C transmission line from Route A line Length 22.693 km Avoids houses and orchards in the RoW; IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 59

SN Project Component Alternative Chosen* Reason 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV and avoids the archeologically significant switching station Hatkoti area. No reserve forest areas. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least. S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Site C: Site near Pabbar river in No reserve forest areas. Optimal distance Sunda Chirgaon village, land size 17,525 from the IPP’s hence will reduce the mesh sqm.site - Private land of transmission lines. COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan No forest reserve areas and no houses nearby, minimum number of fruits and no Site C: Private land 2250 sqm. forest tree involved. This location will reduce the mesh of interconnection transmission lines from IPP’s. T6 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 Optimal distance from the wild life kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 sanctuaries and away from the habitation. Route No 3, 11 km kV substation in the yard of Allain Least number of trees are required to be Dhaungan HEP affected. T7 132 kV D/C transmission line from Less tree cutting, minimum length of Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Route A, 38.7 km transmission line through inaccessible Charor terrain. T8 220 kV D/C transmission line from Less tree cutting and away from the Charor to 400/220 kV Banala Route A, 18.6 km habitation substation of PGCIL S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS Site A: Private land area - 11280 Single owner and lesser number of trees substation at Charor sqm. to be felled and away from the habitation. S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS Single owner and lesser number of trees substation at Barsaini to be felled and the location will reduce Site A: Private land area - 9,600 sqm. the mesh of low voltage transmission lines from IPP’s. S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at Site A: in village Jaggar in Governent land with less number of trees Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV possession of BBMB area - 9,600 to be felled. The site is away from any Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line sqm. habitation or protected wild life area * For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

171. For some all of the proposed sub-projects HPPTCL is in the process of collecting additional information and has taken up detailed survey (as shown in Table 53 above as well as Annexures 2 and 3). These alternative transmission line alignments and substation sites will be studied by the HPPTCL officials in detail for least techno-economic costs and least environment and social impacts before they are proposed to ADB for funding under Tranche 2.

4.2.3 Reasons for the final selection 172. Considering the reasons listed above, the proposed substation sites were deemed the best suitable. The alternatives (as shown in Annexure 2) for each substation site were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum site. These are all Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Stations and all equipment except transformers and reactors if any, shall be housed in GIS buildings. The clearance as earlier shall be mentioned as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80) are being met. HPPTCL is in the process of collecting additional information and has taken up substation sites for detailed survey. These selected options mostly involves no population at the site, lesser cultivated area and minimum acquisition problems and therefore selected for detailed survey as final sites.

173. Considering the selection criteria listed earlier, three transmission line alignments for each subproject were considered. As such these three alternatives (as shown in Annexure 3) were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum route which will be taken up for detailed survey and assessment of environmental and social impacts. The proposed routes were deemed the best suitable as these involved lesser populated areas, uncultivated areas and minimum RoW problems, hence selected for detailed surveys. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 60

mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any reserve forests or any sanctuary and national parks in the state.

4.2.4 Distance from Sensitive Receptors 174. Distance from various receptors is give in Table 56 below:

Table 56: Approximate distance of Tranche-2 subprojects from sensitive receptors SNo. Name of Subproject Primary Secondar Temple Primary Clinic Main Population/ Metal access School y School (PHC) Hospital Inhabitant (in path to the Site pockets) COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear 1 km 2 km 1.8 km 1.9 km 7 km at 200 m, 1200 1 km from (GIS) switching station at Urni from Urni Bhabha persons (238 National village nagar households) Highway temple T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) 800 m 2 km 800 m 700 m 500 m Tapri 200 m (500 1 km from transmission line from 66 kV from from Chaugaon (JP village) Zanakpuri, 1500 National GIS Urni switching station to Zanakpuri Chaugaon 2 km Chaugaon) Highway Wangtoo GIS substation site /1.8 km from Urni village temple COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling 100 m 10 km 10 km 10 km 65 km 200 m (800 100 m from station (P.S) at Lahal Bharmor Bharmor Bharmor Chamba scattered Chamba - households ) Bharmor Road T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) 200m 10 km 10 km 10 km 65 km 200 m (800 100 m from transmission line from 33/220 Bharmor Bharmor Bharmor Chamba scattered Chamba - kV Lahal substation upto 220 households ) Bharmor Road kV yard of Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS 1 km 18 km 4.5 km 12 km 95 km 150 m (50 4.5 km substation at Banjal Nilwa persons Nilwa) T3 132 kV S/C transmission line 1.2 km 12 km 5 km 12 km 87 km 100 m (50 4.5 km from 33/132 kV GIS substation persons) Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA 1 km 500 m 1 km 1 km 6 km NIL 50 m from and substation at Chambi (Shahpur) National T4 Highway COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kV GIS switching station at 700 m Sari 700 m Sari 750 Sari 2 km Sarswati 16 km 300 m (70 400 m Sari- Hatkoti Nagar Rohru persons-Sari) Khara Patthar link road T5 220 kV D/C transmission line 300 m Sari 300 m Sari 350 Sari 350 Chidgaon 1 km Rohru 300 m (70 I km Chidgaon from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda persons-Sari) to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS 400m 1.5 km 350 Sunda 1 km Chidgaon 18 km 1 km Sunda 500m Rohru – PS at Sunda Chidgaon Sunda Rohru (3000 persons) Sunda road COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan Bhang 0.5 Burua 1.5 Manali 7 km Kullu 57 km Burua 300 m 1 km Burua Palchan 0.5 km km km T6 33 kV D/C transmission line Palchan Bhang 0.7 Vashishat Manali 2 km Kullu 62 km 1 km Burua (300 1 km Burua from 33 kV Palchan switching 0.5 km km 0.6 km persons) station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kV D/C transmission line Manikaran Manikaran Manikaran Manikaran 500 Kullu 4 km (100 4 km Tosh from Barsaini to 132/220 kV 500m 500 m 500 m m persons Tosh) substation at Charor T8 220 kV D/C transmission line 500 m Bhuntar Bhuntar Charor 500 m Kullu 60 km 5 km (70 persons 2 km Charor from Charor to 400/220 kV Charor 11 km 11km Tosh) Banala substation of PGCIL S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS 1 km Bhuntar 7 Charor 1 I km Charor Kullu 60 km 1 km Charor 1 km Charor substation at Charor Charor km km (1500 persons) S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS 2.5 km 2.5 km Balarg 3 Barsaini 2.5 Kullu 64 km 2.5 km Barsaini 2.5 km Barsaini substation at Barsaini Barsaini Barsaini km km (300 persons) S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at 2 km Pandoh 2 Pandoh 1 Pandoh 1 km Manali 18 Jagar 1 km (250 500m Jagar Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of Pandoh km km km persons) 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line TBD- To be determined during survey, which is ongoing. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

4.2.5 Reserve Forest/Protected Areas/National Park/Sanctuary 175. Any subproject component is not passing by or located near the reserve forest or protected forest area, national park of sanctuary area. IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 61

4.3 Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.3.1 Environment Problems Associated with Project Location and Design 176. Potential adverse environment impacts associated with transmission lines have been avoided or minimised through careful route selection. The alignment is sited away from major settlements, whenever possible, to account for future urban expansion. Forests and vegetation areas have been avoided wherever possible; and flexible tower placement, tower design for placing conductor at height and selecting alignment that has hilltop-to-hilltop route shall be selected to minimise cutting of trees in the forest areas. Alignment in this project has avoided geologically unstable areas, which can also pose foundation related problems. Land acquisition is required for placing transmission towers on private land. However, any damage to the crops during the construction phase of the project will be compensated by HPPTCL as per its Policy. Associated impacts on agricultural land will be restricted to the construction phase and will be temporary in nature. After construction, agricultural land within the transmission corridors can be used again for farming purpose of crops less than 3 m in height.

4.3.2 Environmental Impacts Associated with Pre-Construction Stage

4.3.2.1 Acquisition of Cultivable and Non cultivable lands 177. There may be some permanent loss of agricultural/horticultural productivity due to reduction in land availability due to acquisition of land for tower bases and substations which will have to be dealt with according to the Land Acquisition Act of the government. However, wherever only temporary loss of productivity happens, following measures will have to be taken prior to the project activities:  Avoid harvesting season wherever possible for the project activities,  Ensure existing irrigation facilities are maintained in working condition,  Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after construction is completed,  Repair /reinstate damaged bunds after construction is complete, and  Compensation for temporary loss in agricultural production.

4.3.2.2 Impacts on Temporary Use of Land 178. The mobilisation of construction equipment and construction materials will require space for storage and parking of construction vehicles and equipment, construction material storage yards, disposal sites, and labour camps for human resource to avoid environmental impact and public inconvenience. These locations must comply with the local laws and regulations and need approval from authorities to utilise these facilities (access roads, telecommunication, and pipe borne water supply). It is important that selection of temporary lands is at least 500 m away, depending on practicability as per local site conditions from highly populated areas, water bodies, natural flow paths, agricultural lands, important ecological habitats and residential areas. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation should be minimised during preparation of facilities.

4.3.3 Environmental Problems Associated with Construction and Operation Stage 179. The project activities during construction phase will involve clearing of trees along the route alignment wherever required, excavation for installation of towers, erection of towers, civil works related to transmission line and line stringing. For substations, it will involve excavation for building and equipment foundations, civil works and erection of equipment. During the operation phase, most of the construction phase impacts will get stabilised and the impacts will be restricted only to the operation and maintenance of the project.

180. The impacts on the environment from various activities of the project can be categorised as follows:  Impact on Physical Resources o Impact on Topography o Impact on Climate

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 62

 Impact on Environmental Resources o Impact on Air Quality o Impact on Noise Levels o Impact on surface Water Quality o Impact on ground Water Quality o Impact on Soils and Geology  Impact on Ecological Resources o Terrestrial Ecology o Wild Life o Aquatic Ecology  Impact on Human Environment o Health and Safety o Agriculture o Socio-economics o Resettlement and Rehabilitation o Cultural sites o Traffic and Transport o Interference with other utilities and traffic  Waste Disposal o Solid waste disposal o Liquid waste disposal.

181. The impacts of the project activities on various environmental attributes are discussed in subsequent sections.

4.3.3.1 Impact on Physical Resources Impact on Topography During the construction of the transmission line and substation, the topography will change due to excavation and erection of tower, fill and cut for levelling the tower erection place. The most prominent impact on the surface topography will be due to the removing of the trees at the tower erection site if required, and along the Right-of-Way (RoW). This will lead to change in the surface features only. The impact will be irreversible as the present features along the RoW will be changed due to presence of the transmission line. Table 57 provides the ROW for different voltages as per handbook of Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003 (with amendments made in 2004).

Table 57: Transmission Voltage (kV) Width of Right of Way (in Meters) Transmission Voltage (kV) Width of Right of way (Meter) 11 kV 7 33 kV 15 66 kV 18 132 kV 27 220 kV 35 400 kV S/C* 52 400 kV D/C* 46 800 kV 85 * As amended as per F. No.*-44/2011-FC (Pt) circular dated 24 Jan 2012

182. No topographical changes are envisaged during the operation phase of the transmission line and the substation. The existing access routes will be utilised during the operation and maintenance of the transmission lines.

Impact on Climate 183. The project area consists of both cultivated and uncultivated lands which grow predominantly single season crops during the monsoons. There will be no large scale removal of trees/cultivation and therefore there will be no impact on the climate conditions from the proposed project both during the construction and operation phases. Since the number of trees likely to be felled are minimum and the compensatory afforestation shall be done by the Forest Department in double the area for which the case for forest diversion will be submitted as per the policy/Forest Conservation Act. Therefore, there will be minimal impact on forests – carbon sinks in the project IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 63 area.

Impact on aesthetics of landscape 184. The transmission lines and substations do not look aesthetic with the scenic landscape of the area as these cause visual pollution in tourist areas. Therefore HPPTCL has undertaken extensive route surveys to ensure that the transmission lines do not disturb the area and decrease it tourist attraction by using newer techniques such as using monopole structures instead of lattice structures for transmission.

4.3.3.2 Impact on Environmental Resources

Impact on Air Quality 185. During the construction phase, the activity would involve excavation for the tower erection, movement of vehicles carrying the construction materials along the haul roads. At majority of tower locations, movement by vehicle is not possible from approach road to construction site and the material has to be head loaded. All these activities would give rise to emission of dust particles thereby affecting air quality marginally at the site. The impact will be transitory in nature and therefore is assessed as of low significance. Covering of stockpiles, minimising double handling and drop loads as well as sprinkling of water during excavation will reduce the dust emission to a great extent.

186. The construction of transmission line and the substation will not have any negative impact on the air quality of the region during the operation phase.

Impact on Noise Levels 187. During the construction phase, the major sources of noise pollution are movement of vehicles carrying the construction material and equipment to the site. Most of the access roads along the alignment are motor able and project traffic would be negligible. The major work of the construction is expected to be carried out during the day time. Apart from vehicles bringing in materials to the nearest road, construction works for the transmission line will not require powered equipment. As such, noise emissions will be minor. As the predominant land use along most part of the alignment is agricultural/forest, there will be few residential areas exposed to noise generated during the construction phase and the noise produced during the construction period will have negligible impact on residents.

188. Following measures will help to keep noise and vibration in acceptable level during construction phase:  Contractor shall preferably limit working time for activities that create noise within normal day hours of the public except for construction site near public sensitive receptors. Construction related activities closer to sensitive receptors have to be scheduled in coordination with the relevant authorities and community.  Noisy equipment such as generators should be sited away from residential areas.  Contractor and suppliers of construction materials should strictly implement noise control regulations stipulated by the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control Rules 2000) for all construction vehicles and equipment.  At substation sites, contractor shall equip their heavy construction equipment and plants with exhaust silencers to limit the engine noise so as not to exceed 75 dB (compacters/rollers, loaders and cranes) and regularly maintain all construction vehicles and machinery that should meet the CPCB’s Noise Standards.

189. During the operation phase of the project, there will be corona noise from the conductors which will be felt only up to 15 to 30 m area, hence the ambient noise level meets the CPCB standard for residential areas (55 dB(A) during daytime and 45 dB(A) during night time ).

Impact on Surface Water Quality 190. The construction and operation of the transmission lines will not have any major impact on the surface and ground water quality in the area. Contamination of water bodies may result due to

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 64 construction of access road to the substation site, spilling of construction materials and surface runoff from the construction site joining the water body. There may be increase in the turbidity levels temporarily where the proposed alignment is crossing a watercourse and if the surface runoff during construction meets the river. This can be avoided by careful selection of the tower site and the temporary access roads so that the surface runoff does not meet the river.

191. Proposed activities will create temporary impacts to the existing drainage system in the area including irrigation canals, natural flow paths and also earth and line drains. Thus incorporation of following measures will minimise anticipated impact due to obstruction of natural flow paths and existing drainage:  Provisions of temporary drainage facilities and routing ponds to the particular locations if existing drains are obstructed due to construction activities.  Maintenance of all drainage paths by avoiding blockages at all times.  Contractor should minimise excavation of beds of any streams, irrigation systems, and other water resources available in the project area.  Stagnant water should be cleared by the contractor.

192. Care shall be taken to locate the temporary construction worker sheds away from the water bodies. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution. Provision of adequate washing and toilet facilities should be made obligatory. This should from an integral component in the planning stage before commencement of construction activity by the contractor. Operation of transmission lines will not cause any release to the surface water bodies.

Impact on Hydrology and Water Resources 193. Water needs during construction of the Project would be limited to sanitary water and minimal amounts of water for construction (such as spraying for dust prevention). There would be a negligible impact on water resources. Operation of the lines would neither require any water nor pollute the water resources.

Impact on Ground Water Quality 194. Ground water pollution can take place, if chemical substances and oily waste get leached by precipitation of water and percolate to the ground water table. For transmission line construction activity, no chemical substance or oil is used hence there is no impact on ground water quality. The silt discharge from the earth work around water bodies, oil, grease and fuel release from the construction vehicles/equipment and spoil from construction and other construction related activities such as raw sewerage from worker accommodation sites may mix with runoff water. This situation will accentuate during the rainy season and could have a significant impact on surface and ground water. Thus following measures will be required in order to prevent deterioration of water quality from the construction and construction related activities:  All construction vehicles and equipment should be maintained in proper conditions without any leakages,  Contractors shall use silt traps and erosion control measures where the construction is carried out in close proximity to the water bodies to avoid entering of cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water to the surrounding water bodies,  Construction activities requiring digging should be preferably done in the dry season, and  Waste oil should be collected properly and disposed to the approved recyclers.

Impact on Soil and Geology 195. Project activities including excavation, cut and fill operations, removal of trees and green cover vegetation will enhance the soil erosion during the rainy season. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation will reduce infiltration rate of rainwater. The impact on soils will be due to the soil erosion at the tower construction sites along the access routes. The excavation activity and land clearance in the erosion prone areas have to be minimised while conducting the site selection for towers. Revetment and stabilisation of tower construction sites will be done after completion of construction activity. Also increased acceleration of surface runoff will damage the topsoil. The impacts associated with excessive erosion and other civil works can be avoided or minimised by IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 65 following mitigation measures:  Maximum effort should be taken to minimise removal of trees and green cover vegetation.  Minimise obstruction or destruction to natural drainage pattern of the surrounding area.  Proper treatment of clearing and filling areas against flow acceleration.  Turfing work should be taken prior to rainy season around the substation.  Contractors shall follow proper muck disposal plan for cut and fill operation around sharp/deep slope areas.  Piling activities will preferably be done in non-rainy season, as the piled materials will spread all over the area and contaminate close by water bodies.  Top soil (2-3 cm from the top of the soil), which are removed during construction from the cultivated lands must be stored separately for future utilisation of cultivated lands near tower leg locations.

4.3.3.3 Impact on Ecological Resources 196. Since substation is constructed in vacant government/private land and transmission line is routed from the unhabitated areas, there is no displacement of people or animals. It will away also not cause any disturbance to the life of people and local animals and birds movement. In transmission line construction, there is no dynamic equipment and moving machinery causing noise pollution, water and air pollution. There is no national wildlife park, wildlife sanctuary, bird sanctuary, wetland in the route alignment of the proposed transmission line. The ecological impacts are briefly described in the following sections.

Effect on Flora and Fauna 197. Some forest and fruit trees will need to be removed from the project area for the RoW after getting prior permission from competent authorities of Forest Department (GoHP) and if required MoEF/GoI (ROW as per Table 57). None of the declared environmentally sensitive areas is located within the route alignment. As per forest department records, none of the flora and fauna that are rare, endangered, endemic or threatened will be affected. Migratory paths of small mammals and reptiles may be affected due to construction activities. The route alignments and site selection have been done only after consulting the local forest authorities ensuring that route alignments do not interfere with known paths of migration of wildlife.

198. However noise, vibration and emission from construction vehicles, equipment will occur during construction and pre-construction stages in temporary manner. The impacts related to above activities are temporary and can be mitigated through following measures10:  Strict attention on worker force regarding disturbance to surrounding habitats, flora and fauna including hunting of animals and fishing in water bodies,  Selection of approved locations for material storage yards and labour camps away from the environmental sensitive areas, and  Prevent entering of construction waste (cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water) and sanitary waste to the surrounding water bodies.

Impact on Terrestrial Ecology 199. There is no sensitive ecological area / protected forest area such as national wildlife park, wildlife sanctuary, bird sanctuary crossing the proposed route alignment. The removal of herbaceous vegetation from the soil and loosening of the top soil generally causes soil erosion. However, such impacts would be primarily confined to the project site during initial periods of the construction phase and would be minimised through adoption of mitigation measures like paving and surface treatment and water sprinkling.

Removal of Trees 200. The project may require some fruit/non-fruit trees to be removed during the construction activities. Table 58 gives the list of trees to be felled for Tranche 2 subprojects. The initial

10 The compliance to the above shall be resonsibility on the contractor as per contract provisions. Any violations reported by the public shall be dealt as per provisions of the law.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 66 construction works along the alignment involving land clearance, cutting, filling, and levelling that may cause loss of vegetation. This will be an irreversible impact. Care has been taken to avoid the thick plantations/vegetation as far as possible and tower locations are selected mostly in plain cultivable fields where the vegetation is thin. This will minimise the tree loss. Compensation will be paid to tree owners in the private areas as per GoHP rules. Where the clearing of fields and forest area is unavoidable along the route alignment, the compensatory afforestation will be required for forest areas for which clearance will be obtained from the appropriate authority of the forest department; and for fruit and non-fruit trees in the fields, the amount for compensation for fields will be paid directly to the farmers.

Table 58: Total Number of Trees to be felled for Tranche 2 subprojects Sub- Details Private Land Forest Land Project Total number of Total number of Non Total number of fruit trees to be fruit trees to be forest trees to be felled felled felled COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 0 5 Nil T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni 20 Nil 164 switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 20 1 Nil T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal 22 0 55 substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 250 4 250 T3 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal TBD TBD TBD to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) 0 0 8 T4 132 kV D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to TBD TBD TBD LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti 3 Nil 4 T5 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 56 15 40 kV switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 60 Nil Nil COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan 30 Nil 3 T6 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 200 120 715 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation 486 11 3200 at Charor T8 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala 488 411 780 substation of PGCIL S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 75 25 6 S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 120 100 Nil S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV 50 20 Nil Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line TBD- To be determined during survey, which is ongoing. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

Effect on Local Road Network 201. Transformers, tower material, substation equipment, iron bars, concrete materials, piling equipment, will be transported through the provincial and local road network to the project site. Transporting of large quantities of materials using heavy vehicles could exceed the carrying capacity of the road. This would lead to physical damages to local road network. Thus, it will be necessary to obtain consent from Public Works Department (PWD) or National Highway Authority to use local/national highway roads prior to transportation. Also, contractor should properly maintain all road sections, which will be utilised for the construction related activities.

202. The access road to the substation land from the nearest road head will be constructed. For transmission line, no road is likely to be constructed and exisiting village roads, footpaths have to be used as no movement of mechanised machinery will be done. The tower line material will be transported upto the nearest road head and thereby taken to tower site manually. The local community cannot encroach along the transmission line routes, as encroachment of any forestland is punishable by law.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 67

Disposal of Debris 203. As a result of construction related activities, spoil and debris will be generated during the construction stage. Improper disposal of the debris will have an impact on the surrounding ecology, public health and scenic beauty. Following measures will minimise the impacts associated with disposal of debris:  Spoil materials (soil, sand, rock) generated from construction activities shall be used wherever possible for site levelling and back-filling. Dismantled and demolished structural materials, if any, should not be dumped in agricultural lands.  Preparation of a Muck Disposal Management Plan, if required, for the sub-project and selection of the disposal site by excluding locations, which are closer to residential, commercial and public sensitive areas, is necessary by the contractor. Prior approval should be obtained for such dumping grounds / land fill sites from relevant local authorities.  Dumped materials will interfere with the drainage pattern of the area, any water bodies, agricultural lands, marshlands and down slope or any environmental sensitive areas if not planned properly. The material has to be dumped at sites marked by the concerned authorities such as Forest, Roads, or Panchayats (local community) by the contractor as per contract provisions.

204. During operation phase, corridor along the alignment will be chopped of vegetation and lopping of trees will be done for maintenance purpose. This will also reduce the chances of fires due to electric sparks.

Wild Life 205. The primary project area - route alignments and site selection have been done in consultation with the forest authorities ensuring that route alignments do not interfere with known paths of migration of wildlife. There will be no impact on any secondary area as the route alignments are planned that they cross only un-habitated areas – both human and wildlife area. The forest diversion case prepared for each transmission line is cleared by Forest Department, GoHP followed by several levels of MoEF, GOI as required under Forest Conservation Act.

206. The subproject within four PIUs are located at least a minimum of 5-10 km aerial distance away from any wildlife sanctuary and national parks listed in Annexure 10. The transmission lines are also traversing at a sufficient distance from any reserved forest area and will not negatively impact the flora and fauna of the area.

Impact on Aquatic Ecology 207. The proposed transmission lines would cross over the rivers and small streams which are usually perennial in nature. No significant impacts on aquatic ecology of the river are envisaged, as there will be careful selection of the construction time and tower sites near the river, to avoid river pollution and disturbance to the aquatic fauna of the area during the monsoon period.

4.3.3.4 Impact on Human Environment

Health and Safety 208. Health and safety impacts will be in terms of risk of accidents and exposure to electromagnetic fields along the alignment. The accidents may be caused due to electrocution, lightening, fires and explosions. To avoid this, the houses will be allowed within the RoW of the project, only if the stipulated safety clearance is met with. Necessary training regarding safety aspects to the personnel working at the transmission line will be provided by the contractor. Personal protective equipment like safety gloves, helmet, mufflers etc will be provided during construction period and during the maintenance work. First aid facilities will be made available with the labour gangs and doctors called in from nearby towns when necessary.

209. Project activities may create accidental damage to general public and the construction workers. Therefore, contractors should take necessary action to enhance personal safety during construction through following measures:  Organise awareness programs relevant to personal safety of the workers and general public in IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 68

the area.  Installation of warning signs to particular locations such as transverse points of local road network by transmission lines.  Provide protective safety belts, footwear, helmets, goggles, eye-shields and clothes to workers depending on their duty.  Arrangement of proper first aid unit and transport facilities to take injured people to the hospitals.  Workers should be covered by the statutory Workmen Compensation as per GoI laws by the contractor.

Agriculture 210. Permanent and temporary loss of agricultural land occurs due to tower location in the agricultural field and loss of crop for access routes. As per standard HP policy, land will be acquired for each tower erection, besides private land required for substations. As far as possible, the prime agricultural land will be avoided and the construction will be done after crop harvesting. HPPTCL has formulated a comprehensive Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation (RRRC) Policy to address the issue.

Socio-Economics 211. Construction of transmission line will generate local employment, as number of unskilled labours (men/women) will be required at the time of construction activities. Local employment during this period will increase socio-economic standards of the residents of the project area.

Temporary Outage of the Electricity 212. Temporary disconnection of power supply will occur during the construction activities. Thus, general public and the commercial/industrial places, which are located in project-affected area, will face inconvenience for short periods of time. Thus following measures will have to be taken:  Advance notice to the public about the time and the duration of the utility disruption, and  Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience.

Resettlement and Rehabilitation 213. For the construction of transmission line and seven substations, purchase of private land is required. The detail of resettlement and rehabilitation involved in the project are given in Resettlement Planning document prepared separately for Tranche 2.

Cultural sites 214. There are no important archaeological, historical or cultural sites along the route alignment, hence no impact on these sites is envisaged. In the case of discovery of archaeological features during excavation/construction works, GoI’s regulations shall apply and will be observed by contractors.

Traffic and Transport 215. During the construction phase, traffic disturbance needs to be minimised by avoiding high- density areas, using proper traffic signs, ensuring proper access roads and avoiding road blockage.

Interference with Other Utilities and Traffic 216. A standing committee - Power Telecom Co-ordination Committee (P.T.C.C.) has been constituted by Government of India to plan and implement the mitigating measures for the induced voltage, which may occur nearby telecom circuits and suggest necessary protection measures to be adopted. The committee suggests measures like rerouting of the telecom circuits, conversion of overhead telecom circuits into cables etc. to minimize the interference. It is mandatory for HPPTCL to seek clearance prior to construction from telecom authorities and wherever necessary from aviation authorities that are likely to be affected by the construction of transmission lines. The exact cost to mitigate the impacts of induction in neighbouring telecom circuits would vary from case to case. In general, the system is planned and executed in such a way that adequate IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 69 clearance is maintained between transmission lines on the one hand, and railways, civil aviation and defence installations on the other. Wherever the transmission lines passes near the airport, the towers beyond specified height are painted in alternate orange and white stripes for easy visibility and warning lights are placed on the top of these towers.

4.3.3.5 Waste Disposal

Solid Waste Disposal 217. The solid waste generation at the location of the tower erection site will mostly include metal scraps and wooden packing material. Waste will be minimised and recycled wherever possible. Final waste will be collected and disposed off in compliance with applicable GoI/GoHP regulations and rules by the contractor.

Sanitary Waste Disposal at Construction Sites and Labour Camps 218. The labour camps at the site of tower erection will be temporary in nature and the human excreta will not be significant to cause contamination of ground water. Those places where most labour will be staying will be near hamlets which shall use the community services for solid waste, water and sanitation. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of the construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution. This should form an integral component in the planning stage before commencement of construction activity.

219. There should be proper solid waste disposal procedure to enhance sanitation of workers who stay in camps. Thus, possibilities of infecting water borne diseases or vector borne diseases (parasitic infections) will be eliminated by adopting proper solid waste disposal procedure. Unacceptable solid waste disposal practices such as open dumping of solid waste and poor sanitation facilities will lead to pollution of surrounding environment, contamination of water bodies and increase adverse impact to the aquatic; terrestrial lives and general public inhabited in the area. Surroundings of labour camps, garbage disposal sites and material storage yards provide favourable habitats for vectors of diseases such as mosquitoes, rats and flies.

220. Thus following measures are needed to protect and enhance the quality of environment during the construction stage:  A better way to overcome garbage disposal as mentioned above is by reducing or avoiding the construction of labour camps, thus the selection of majority of skilled and unskilled workers from the project influence area will be a proper measure in this regard.  Provision of the solid waste disposal, sanitation and sewage facilities at all substation sites for the construction/labour camps to avoid or minimise health hazards and environmental pollution.  Contractor should handle and manage waste generated from the construction/labour camps without contamination to natural environment and it will reduce risk to general public who stay close to sites. Also contractor should be responsible to enhance the quality of environment.  Adequate supply of water should be provided to the urinals, toilets and wash rooms of the workers’ accommodation at substation sites.  Contractor should provide garbage bins to all workers’ accommodation and construction sites, for dumping wastes regularly in a hygienic manner with the help of Public Health Inspector (PHI) in the area.

Liquid Waste Disposal 221. There will be no oil or chemical waste generated during the construction of transmission line, hence no mitigation is required. For subtations, the transformer oil is the main constitutent of the liquid stored. The transformer oil shall be stored as per IS -1866/200011 and IEC-60422/199812 codes- and any waste oil shall disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, Trans- boundary Movement) Rules 2009 and any waste oil removed from transformer will be sold to

11 Code of Practice for Electrical Maintenance and supervision of Mineral Insulating oil in Equipment 12 Supervision and maintenance guide for mineral insulating oils in electrical equipment IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 70 government approved recycler and will not be disposed off in the ground or any rivulet/stream as per EMP.

4.3.4 Environmental Impacts Associated with Operations and Maintenance Stage

Electric Shock 222. This may lead to death or injury to the workers and public in the area. This can be minimised or avoided by:  Security fences around substation.  Establishment of warning signs.  Careful design using appropriate technologies to minimise hazards.

Noise Generation 223. During the operation phase of the project, there may be corona noise from the conductors which will be felt only up to 15 to 30 m area, hence the ambient noise level will meet the CPCB standard for residential areas (55 dB(A) during daytime and 45 dB(A) during night time.

Maintenance of Transmission line and Substation 224. Possible exposure to electromagnetic interference could occur during these activities. Design of transmission line should comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines.

Oil Spillage 225. Contamination of water on land/nearby water bodies by the transformer oil can occur during operation due to leakage or accident. Substation transformers are normally located within secure and impervious areas with a storage capacity of 100% spare oil. Also proper drainage facilities will be constructed during the construction stage to avoid overflow or contamination with natural flow paths especially during the rainy season. HPPTCL will maintain account of the usage of oil, using technical methods and procedures for oil monitoring mechanism, and will have mitigation plan for any oil spillage.

Sulphur Hexa fluoride (SF6) Leakage 226. SF6 is a non-toxic greenhouse gas used as a dielectric in circuit breakers, switch gear, and other electrical equipment. Very high grade sealing system and erection methodology is followed to keep the loss of SF6 within 0.1% every year. SF6 handling is part of each contract technical specifications, and required design and routine test are done after manufacturing of the circuit breaker and gas insulated switchgear. SF6 gas handling system for evacuation and storage is always used for the maintenance of the circuit breaker and gas insultated switchgear. SF6 gas leakage records will be maintained in each substation. This allows tracking of any release of SF6 gas to the atmosphere.

4.4 Environmental Management Plan 227. Based on the environmental assessment of the project activities, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been developed for the project to mitigate any adverse environmental impacts. The EMP discusses anticipated impacts and mitigation measures and monitoring requirements and responsible authorities to implement the EMP with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii) operation and maintenance. Detailed, site-specific mitigation measures and monitoring plans were developed and will be implemented during the project implementation phase.

228. The EMP for the project is attached as Annexure 5, which identifies feasible and cost- effective measures to be taken to reduce potential significant, adverse, impacts to acceptable levels. Here, proper mitigation measures are proposed for each potential impact, including details on responsible parties for implementation of mitigation measures and supervision. A summary environmental impact matrix and the mitigation measures are given in Table 59.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 71

Table 59: Environmental Impact Matrix Sl. Nº Environmental Potential impacts Nature of Magnitude of impacts Mitigation measures Implementation and attribute impact Low Medium High Monitoring A. Physical Resources 1. Topography Change in the surface features Direct/Local/ X The surface soil will be restored to normal slope During construction activity and present aesthetics due to the irreversible after tower erection. If there is any excess soil, it construction of the project. shall be disposed off at suitable location. Any loss of vegetation will be attended by HPPTCL as per existing GoHP norms Within the substation, the excess soil will be disposed off in consultation as per EMP. The compensatory afforestation of equivalent area of forestland in RoW will be undertaken by the Forest Department to compensate for the loss on HPPTCL expenses to minimise the impact of loss of vegetation as per existing norms under the Forest (Conservation) Act 2002. 2. Climate No impact on the climatic Direct/Local/ X No impact on the climatic conditions, hence no conditions irreversible mitigation is required

Monitoring of SF6 gas from Direct/Local/ X Proper record of all SF6 leakages in substations kept During construction and Electrical Substations irreversible for record operation B. Environmental Resources 1. Air Quality Project will have marginal impact Direct/Local/ X Water sprinkling at construction site, limited bare During construction activity on air quality during the reversible soils, maintenance of vehicles. construction period due to increase in the dust emission. 2. Noise Noise due to general construction Direct/Local/ X Restriction of noise generating activities at night and During construction activity activities. reversible use of personal protective equipment like ear plugs, mufflers. Noise arising from corona noise Direct/Local/ X Monitoring of possible corona noise to identify and During operational phase from conductors reversible correct problems. 3. Surface and Runoff from the construction site Direct/Local/ X Careful sitting of towers, and access roads. Before and during Ground Water reversible construction activity quality Domestic wastewater from Direct/Local/ X For transmission line, domestic wastewater During construction and construction sites reversible treatment may be done by digging small ditches for operation waste water and then covering it with top soil once the construction team moves to next location. For substation site, the contractor shall provide soak pits for construction workers at the site. 4. Soils and Geology Soil erosion due to tower erection Direct/Local/ X Avoiding sites, which are prone to soil erosion. During and after the and clearing of vegetation in the reversible Levelling of tower construction sites. Use of few construction activity RoW and access roads. access roads. Rehabilitation and stabilisation of disturbed land at the substations. Damage due to seismic activity Direct/regional/ X Site selection and proper tower foundation design Before the construction reversible considering the geological conditions and seismicity activity. of the area. C. Ecological Resources

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 72

Sl. Nº Environmental Potential impacts Nature of Magnitude of impacts Mitigation measures Implementation and attribute impact Low Medium High Monitoring 1. Terrestrial Loss of vegetation Direct/Local/ X Location of towers on non-cultivable land area. Before the construction Ecology irreversible Selection of few access roads. Compensation for phase crop and trees to villagers. The tree planting for forest land diverted to non-forest and trees felled will be done by the forest department and paid by HPPTCL 2. Terrestrial Fauna Disturbance to the local fauna Direct/Local/ X Wildlife routes and their habitats have been avoided Before and during during construction reversible as far as possible during the route selection. construction phase Minimise encroachments, and indirect impacts. Avifauna Disturbance to the local fauna Direct/Local/ X Monitoring of transmission line especially for bird During operation phase during operation reversible strikes during the operation and use of deflectors if required. 3. Aquatic Ecology No significant impacts envisaged Direct/Local/ X Disposal of construction waste and other waste to Before and during reversible avoid polluting the river and streams construction phase D. Human Environment 1 Health and Safety Fires, explosion and other Direct/Local X Use of personal protective equipment during During construction and accidents at the route alignment construction. By lopping and chopping of trees fire operation phase of transmission line. hazards will be minimised during maintenance period. Regular inspection of lines for faults prone to accidents. Exposure to electromagnetic Direct/Local/ X Alignment route away from the settlement. No Before and after the fields continuous houses in the immediate vicinity will be allowed in construction phase. the RoW of the alignment. No further mitigation required. 2. Agriculture Permanent and temporary loss of Direct/Local/ X Avoid prime agriculture land. Assessment of land Before and during agriculture land due to tower reversible required and compensation. Construction activity construction phase. erection and due to access after crop harvesting and selection of few access routes. routes. 3. Socio-economics Beneficial impacts job Direct/regional X Unskilled labour and indirect benefits. Overall During operational phase opportunities during construction economic growth of the region. phase 4. Resettlement Resettlement of any house falling Direct/Local/ X Route alignment is selected in such a way that there Before the construction along the RoW. reversible is no resettlement issue. phase. 5. Cultural sites No archaeological, historical or Direct/Local/ X No archaeological, historical or cultural important -- cultural important sites are reversible sites are affected. affected by the construction of the lines. 6. Traffic and Traffic congestion due to Direct/Local/ X Proper traffic signs at the construction site, ensuring During construction phase Transportation movement of construction reversible availability and maintenance of proper access roads vehicles 7. Solid Waste Probability of Surface and ground indirect/Local/ X Minimisation, reuse and recycle whenever possible. During operation phase Generation water pollution reversible Final wastes to be collected and disposed off in compliance with applicable regulations and rules.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 73

5.0 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

5.1 Institutional arrangements 229. HPPTCL is state power transmission utility (STU) licensed to operate in the state of Himachal Pradesh. HPPTCL is both the Executing Agency (EA) and Implementation Agency (IA) for the project. The Project Management Unit (PMU) at corporate level is headed by Senior Project Manager (Planning) who will be assisted by corresponding personnel from various functions – Administration and Finance, Projects Planning and Design, Procurement and contracts, Environment Cell and Projects Construction. Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at divisional level of the project construction unit are headed by Executive Engineers at four locations – Rohru, Chamba, Bhabanagar and Sarabhai (Kullu). PMU structure is shown in Figure 28.

230. The Environment and Social cell (ESC) at the corporate level monitors the policy and implementation related environmental impacts of all projects of HPPTCL. The Environmental Officer in the ESC assists PIUs in all environmental aspects of the projects in compliance with HPPTCL’s Environment and Social Safeguards Policy, May 2011. The Environmental Officer (HPPTCL has designated one Chief Environment & RR Specialist) is assisted by two loan funded Environment and Social consultants. This cell is also responsible for the implementation of Environmental Management Plan for all the subprojects funded by ADB. As per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009, PMU and ESC are required to conduct regular monitoring of environmental compliance of each subproject funded by ADB to ensure compliance with project covenants.

231. The implementation of the EMP during the construction phase is the responsibility of the contractor. The PMU is responsible for ensuring all measures suggested in the EMP are included in the design and bid documents. The PIU in participation with the ESC are also responsible for monitoring and enforcement of the EMP during construction.

232. The duties of the Environmental and Social Cell at corporate level are to:  Monitor the implementation of mitigation measures during construction and operation phases of the project.  Prepare suitable environmental management reports for various sites.  Advise and coordinate field units activity towards effective environment management.  Liaise with the Ministry of Power, CEA, MoEF. GoHP and state agencies such as HPPCL, HPPCB, HP Forest Department and seek their help to solve the environment related issues of the project implementation.  Advice to project planning/design cells on environmental and social issues while route selection of the alignment at the planning/design stage to avoid negative environmental impacts. Similarly advise for inclusion of environment and social safeguard provisions in contract documents.  Advise PIU on training and awareness raising for environmental and social issues to the project/contract staff.

233. The duties of the Environmental and Social Cell at site level are to:  Implement the environment policy guidelines and environmental good practices at the sites.  Advise and coordinate the contractor(s) activity towards effective environment management.  Liaise with the local officers of forest department, HPPCB and seek help of their officers in resolving environment monitoring related issues, wherever applicable.  Carry out environmental and social survey to avoid negative environmental impact.  Make the contractor staff aware of environmental and social issues so that EMP could be managed effectively.  Prepare periodic environment management and compliance reports.

234. The PMU is responsible for processing and implementing all subproject(s). Subprojects are monitored by qualified technical staff/experts (e.g. design and technical reports, feasibility studies, environmental and/or social assessments, and associated EMP’s and budgets), who also ensure IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 74 and monitor compliance with ADB and Government safeguard requirements. Summary appraisal reports will be submitted by PMU to the ADB subsequent to obtaining the HPPTCL’s approval and clearance(s) from the GoHP.

Figure 28: PMU Structure

5.2 Monitoring of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

235. The mitigation measures suggested require monitoring of environmental parameters - both during construction and operational phases of the project. The monitoring of the environmental aspects shall be ensured by the Environment and Social Cell of HPPTCL. During the construction phase, the contractor should ensure that activities like handling of earth works, disposal of debris, storage of materials, labour camps, putting proper traffic signals is done properly to have minimum impact. This in turn should be monitored by the Project Manager of the individual transmission line/substation subproject. The PIU will supervise the contractor. Other environmental good practices include sanitary waste management, noise abatement, maintaining hygienic conditions, maintenance of fire and safety equipment.

236. The Environmental and Social Cell will ensure that site engineers and contractors adhere and comply with all measures and procedures identified in the EMP. Activities to be monitored include: all planning, coordination and management activities related to the implementation of safeguard issues; the identification of corrective and preventive actions; records of health and safety matters and training activities; consultations with project affected people (as and when needed, particularly during the implementation); feedback, trouble shooting and project related grievances; preparation of progress and monitoring reports as required by the ADB; and verifying the projects overall compliance with safeguard measures and its progress towards achieving the intended loan outcomes.

Environmental Parameters to be Monitored 237. To ensure that project would not generate negative impacts to the overall environment quality, monitoring of environmental parameter has to be performed by HPPTCL/Contractor as per contract provisions. The monitoring activities of the project include site supervision, verification of permits, monitoring of water quality, soil, noise and air. Monitoring of the quality of water, soil, air and noise during the construction stage is the responsibility of the contractor by the approved government agency. The measurement of environmental parameters and its periodicity for the Project is summarised in Annexure 6.

Reporting

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 75

238. Mitigation measures related to construction as specified in the EMP will be incorporated into civil works contracts, and their implementation will be primarily the responsibility of the contractors. In addition, contractors will be required to submit monthly progress reports on the implementation of EMP measures to PIU/PMU. The PMU and the HPPTCL will report to the ADB on progress achieved against the EMP activities and milestones on a half-yearly basis. Progress reports will include a description of implementable activities and their status; identify the responsible parties involved in their implementation; and provide project management schedules and timeframes for doing so, along with their associated costs.

239. The Environment and Social Cell after interaction with Project managers of PIUs will prepare and submit performance monitoring reports to the ADB twice in a year. This report will include the results of environmental monitoring to demonstrate that sound environmental management practices are applied, and the set environments targets are achieved. The environmental monitoring report will be submitted by the PIU to the PMU, which will include the result of environmental monitoring into its environmental report.

240. In case the implementation of EMP measures is not satisfactory, HPPTCL may engage external qualified experts to verify monitoring reports and assess the significant impacts and risks. These external monitoring experts will recommend actions for HPPTCL to enhance environmental compliance. ADB will continue to monitor project compliance with ADB safeguard plans and requirements on an on-going basis throughout the duration of the contract.

5.3 Environmental Management Plan Budget Costs 241. The compliance with the EMP has been prepared based upon optimum and reasonable costs that are derived upon minimisation of mitigation measures on a “least-cost” basis. Without such expenditures, the project might generate significant environmental impacts, causing the biophysical environment in the area to deteriorate and indirectly depressing the economies of local communities. The main benefits of the mitigation plan are (i) ensuring that environmental standards are met during design, construction, and operation of the project; (ii) providing offsets to negate project impacts especially ecological impacts.

242. From the total project cost of USD 155 million (including IDC and contingencies), USD 2.04 million has been included as the Environmental Mitigation and Social issues (which includes EMP costs) as shown in Table 60. The compliance costs for minimisation of mitigation measures for the EMP has been arrived based on optimum and “least-cost” basis. Typically, the EMP costs will include: i. compensation for private land and fruit/non-fruit trees for proposed ROW, ii. compensation for crops in ROW and tower sites, iii. PTCC cost, iv. cost of compensatory afforestation, v. Net Present Value (NPV) of forest land, vi. cost for implementation of environmental mitigation measures, and vii. costs towards monitoring costs, independent audit costs for the project.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 76

Table 60: Summary of Estimated Costs including for Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) Implementation (in million USD) S1 T1 S2 T2 S3 T3 S4 & T4 S5 T5 S6 S7 T6 T7 T8 S8 S9 S10 Total (Rs Million) Civil works 0.40 0.00 0.42 0.00 0.39 0.00 0.39 0.40 0.00 0.39 0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.39 0.39 0.39 3.99 Erection 0.10 0.29 2.27 0.31 1.13 0.68 1.26 1.56 2.21 1.90 0.14 1.05 2.68 1.39 1.78 1.33 1.20 21.28 Total 0.5 0.3 2.7 0.3 1.53 0.68 1.65 1.96 2.21 2.29 0.5 1.1 2.68 1.39 2.17 1.72 1.59 25.27 Supply of 1.79 0.87 6.15 0.89 4.02 1.94 5.73 5.02 7.42 9.54 0.22 4.59 4.72 4.91 8.74 5.48 4.55 76.58 Equipment Land for 0.10 0.56 1.50 0.31 1.50 1.01 1.50 1.50 2.43 1.00 0.10 0.55 4.04 1.52 1.00 1.50 1.50 21.63 substations and towers Environment & 0.06 0.03 0.20 0.03 0.13 0.06 0.16 0.15 0.22 0.00 0.03 0.11 0.17 0.14 0.24 0.15 0.14 2.04 Social # Project 0.32 0.14 1.09 0.14 0.72 0.33 0.90 0.83 1.21 1.44 0.15 0.63 0.94 0.79 1.32 0.91 0.78 12.62 management & supervision Contingencies 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 physical 0.09 0.04 0.30 0.04 0.20 0.09 0.25 0.23 0.33 0.39 0.04 0.17 0.26 0.22 0.36 0.25 0.21 4.05 price 0.00 0.08 0.12 0.08 0.07 0.37 0.14 0.00 1.35 0.34 0.00 0.00 1.04 0.89 0.17 0.14 0.07 5.71 Total 0.09 0.12 0.42 0.12 0.26 0.46 0.38 0.23 1.69 0.73 0.04 0.17 1.30 1.10 0.53 0.38 0.28 9.76 IDC 0.02 0.01 0.08 0.01 0.05 0.03 0.07 0.06 0.10 0.50 0.01 0.05 0.09 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.06 1.40 Commitment 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 charges Front End Fee 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 TOTAL 2.88 2.02 12.13 1.81 8.21 4.51 10.40 9.76 15.28 15.50 1.09 7.16 13.93 9.92 14.10 10.20 8.90 149.3 0.064 Cost without 2.79 1.90 11.71 1.69 7.95 4.05 10.02 9.53 13.59 14.77 1.05 6.99 12.64 8.82 13.57 9.82 8.62 139.53 contingencies Source: DPR reports from HPPTCL # Consists of all EMP, Environmental Monitoring, Social and R&R, Compensation costs

LEGEND: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni S5 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation T5 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal S7 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. T6 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal T7 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor T3 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation T8 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor T4 132 kV D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini transmission line S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 77

5.4 Critical Environmental Review Criteria

(i) Loss of irreplaceable resources 243. The transmission projects would involve large-scale excavation and land is lost to the extent of area covered under each tower foundation. Rest of the area under the tower continues to be under use by the landowner. Forest cover felled in the Right-of-Way (RoW) is allowed to regenerate with dwarf species or non-timber forest product (NTFP) after construction work is over. The compensatory afforestation to the extent of twice the area of forestland used would be undertaken as per MoEF regulations. The EMP includes compensation for the loss by minimising the impact of loss of vegetation as per existing rules of GoHP and MoEF. Thus, there will be no net “Biodiversity Loss” due to project implementation due to felling of trees.

(ii) Accelerated use of resources for short-term gains 244. The project will not use any natural resources occurring in the area that is used by local communities during construction, operation, and maintenance phases. The construction material such as tower parts, cement shall come from factories while the excavated soil shall be used for backfilling and revetment to restore the surface. Thus, the project shall not cause any accelerated use of resources for short-term gains.

(iii) Endangering of species 245. No endangered species of flora and fauna have been reported in IUCN Red List are found/reported in the project area as well as in the affected forest thus there seems to be no possibility of endangering/causing extinction of any species.

(iv) Promoting undesirable rural-to urban migration 246. The project will not cause any submergence or loss of land holdings that normally trigger involuntary migration. It also does not involve acquisition to the extent of any person becoming landless. Hence, there is no possibility of causing of rural to urban migration.

(v) Increase in affluent/poor income gap 247. The project will increase availability and reliability of power in state. It is well known that power is a key input to the economic development of any area. Past experience indicates that economic development leads to generation of more jobs which in turn should raise the living standards of poor. Thus, the project is expected to contribute in reduction of affluent/poor income gap by providing opportunities for employment and rural based economic activities.

5.5 Associated Facilities 248. There are several hydropower projects (HEPs) that will connect to these lines and substations in future. Besides eight HEPs (range of 3-10 MW) which are already commissioned, and 5 more to be commission by year-end, mostly all other projects are in their design stages and have not yet started construction.

249. Before these generation projects start their operations, they will approach HPPTCL for grant of connectivity for power evacuation – the application as prescribed by HPERC is attached in Annexure 11 (“Procedure for Making Application for Grant of Connectivity in Intra-State Transmission System (IaSTS)” as well as pasted on the HPPTCL website. According to this, HPPTCL has made it mandatory to all HEPs to provide information to ensure that their facilities comply with GoI and GoHP rules for environmental and social clearances before they connect to the HPPTCL transmission system. To date, one HEP has already submitted the application that contains the requisite information, which HPPTCL will maintain in its record for monitoring purposes.

250. Table 61 provides list of HEPs that have been commissioned to date as well as their expected commissioning dates.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 78

Table 61: List of HEPs connecting to Tranche 2 subprojects SNo Name of Final power evacuation Transmission lines Projects to be evacuated (MW and Year of Commissioning) Transmission point Project 1 S7-33 kV switching Nalagarh 220/400 kV 33 kV D/C line from 33 kV Marhi 5.0 MW (2012), Beas 2.25 MW (2012), Solang 1.5 MW (2012), station at Palchan substation of PGCIL and Palchan switching station to Thirot 4.5 MW (2012), Kothi 0.2 MW (2012) T6- 33 kV D/C further to Hissar (Haryana) 33/220 kV substation in the Kothi-II 1.5 MW (2017), Beas Kund 9.0 MW (2012), Palchan Bhang 9.0 transmission line through 33/220 kV yard of Allain Dhaungan MW (2015), Bhang 9.0 MW (2015), Halindi 1.6 MW (2017), Serai 2.0 from 33 kV Palchan substation being installed HEP MW (2016), Shanag 1.0 MW (2016), Shanag top 1.0 MW (2017), switching station to in the 220 kV yard of Allain Beaskund top 4.0 MW (2016), Khanora 2.0 MW (2017), Khanor 33/220 kV sub- Dhuangan HEP. Syander 2.0 MW (2017), and Rallah 1.5 MW (2017) station in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 2 S1-66 kV switching Abdullapur (Haryana) via 66 kV D/C transmission line Rukti-II 5 MW (2012) station at Urni PGCIL Sherpa Colony from 66 kV switching station Raura-II 20 MW (2015), Raura 8 MW (2014), Shaung 3 MW(2013), T1 66 kV D/C 66/220/400 kV substation at Urni to Wangtoo Brua 9 MW(2014) transmission line substation from 66 kV switching station at Urni to Wangtoo substation 3 S2-33/220 kV, 50/63 Jalandhar via PGCIL 400/ 220 kV transmission line up Holi 3.00 MW (Commissioned), Chirchind 5.00 MW (Commissioned), MVA P.S at Lahal kV transmission line from to 220 kV yard of Budhil Salun 4.50 MW (2013-14), Sup 1.00 MW (2013) Chobia – I 5.00 MW Chamera PS HEP (2014), Bharmour 0.50 MW (2015), Tulang 3.00 MW (2013), Kurhed 4.50 MW (2013), Kuwarsi 5.00 MW (2014), Holi – II 7.00 MW (2015), T2-220 kV Tulang-II 2.20 MW (2014), Kurhed-II 5 MW (2014), Siunr 1.50 MW transmission line (2012), Ghator – I 2.20 MW (2014), chirchind-II 9.90 MW (2015), from 33/220 kV Samwara 2.50 MW (2014), Kunkali 4.00 MW (2014), Kuwarsi-II 5.00 Lahal substation up MW (2014), Toral Kundli 5.00 W (2014), Dug 1.50 MW (2014), Dera to 220 kV yard of 3.00 MW (2014), Chate Ka Nalla 5.00 MW (2014), Ghator Top 5.00 MW Budhil HEP (2014), Kiunr 2.00 MW (2014), Sup-II 1.00 MW (13th Plan), Dhanco 12.00 MW (13th Plan), Cho Tanda 9.00 MW (13th Plan), and Rack 0.80 MW (2014) 4 S4/T4-33/132 kV, 220/400 kV Hamirpur LILO of 132 kV Kangra- Brahal 4 MW (Commissioned), Upper Khauli 5 MW (Commissioned) 2x25/31.5 MVA substation (PGCIL) Dehra S/C transmission line Khauli-II 6.6 MW (13th Plan), Khauli 12 MW (Commissioned), Brahal substation at through Dehra – Hamirpur Top 5 MW (2014), Brahal-III 4 MW (2014), Brahal Bali 2 MW (2014), Chambi (Shahpur) 132 kV D/C transmission Brahal-IV 2 MW (2014), Brahal-V 1 MW (2014), with LILO of 132 kV line and 132/220 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C Hamirpur substation transmission line Hamirpur (HPSEBL) 5 S5-220 kV switching Abdullapur (Haryana) via 220 kV Sawra Kuddu to Up Stream of Tangnu Romai 90 MW (2014 -18), Dhamwari Sunda 70 substation at Hatkoti 400KV PGCIL lines Hatkoti, 220 kV Sunda to MW (2015), Chirgaon Majhgaon 60 MW (2016), Paudital Lassa 24 MW Hatkoti and 220 kV Hatkoti (2015), Sawra Kuddu 111 MW (2014), Rupin valley 103.6 MW (2015 - to Gumma transmission line 17), and Andhra Khad 38.2 MW (2014 -15) 6 T5-220 kV D/C Abdullapur (Haryana) Meeting Hatkoti – Gumma transmission line through PGCIL LILO at 220 kV transmission line at from Sunda to Gumma substation Hatkoti switching station Hatkoti (24 km) 7 S6-132/220 kV, Abdullapur (Haryana) 220 kV D/C (Twin MOOSE) 2x100 MVA pooling through PGCIL LILO at transmission line from substation at Sunda Gumma substation Sunda to Hatkoti 8 S10-33/132 kV sub - 220 kV Panchkulla LILO of One circuit of 132 Uhl Khad 14.00 MW (2016), Surah 1.50 MW (2014), Swad 5.00 MW station at substation of Haryana kV Bajaura- Kangoo D/C (2014), Uhl 3.00 MW (13th Plan), Thunag 0.25 MW (13th Plan), Patikari Pandoh+LILO of one through Kunihar 132/220 transmission line 16.00 MW (Commissioned), Thunag 1.00 MW (13th Plan), Shivadhar-I circuit of 132 kV kV substation 1.00 MW (13th Plan), and Shivadhar-II 2.00 MW (13th Plan) Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line 9 S3-33/132 kV, 400 kV PGCIL station 132 kV S/C transmission Chonned -15.00 (2015), Chonned - 5.00 (2015), Devi Kothi-I 30.00 1x50/63 MVA Jalandhar through LILO of line on D/C towers from (13th Plan), Devi Kothi-II 14.00 (13th Plan), Chaini Tepa 5.00 (2014), substation Banjal 132 kV Kurthala- Bathri Banjal to Kurthala Balsio Top 5.00 (2014), and Unallotted 5 (13th Plan) transmission line at 132/220 kV Mazra T3-132 kV S/C substation, 220 kV Mazra- transmission line on Karian 220 kV substation D/C towers from (HPPTCL) transmission Banjal to Kurthala line, 220 kV Karian- 400/220 kV Chamera PS (PGCIL) transmission line and 400 kV Chamera station- Jalandhar line (PGCIL) 10 T8-220 kV D/C 400 kV PGCIL substation 220 kV (Twin MOOSE) Toss 10.00 MW (Commissioned), Jirah 4.00 MW Commissioned), transmission line at Amritsar through Charor-Banala transmission Bramganga 5.00 (Commissioned), Raskat 0.80 (Commissioned) from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala line Jigral 4.00 MW (2015) Chakshi 2.00 MW (2012) Chakshi – II 3.00 MW 400/220 kV Banala (PGCIL) P.S- Amritsar 400 (13th Plan) Balargha 5.00 MW (2013) Shilla 1.80 MW (2013) Barthi sub - station of kV D/C line (PGCIL) 1.00 MW (2014) PGCIL Jirah 3.50 MW (2015) Tauhak 4.50 MW (13th Plan) Liptung Khor 3.00 11 S9-33/132 kV 132/220 kV Charor 132 kV Barsaini- Charor MW (2015) Piachkani 0.60 MW (13th Plan) Bakar Kiara 1.10 MW substation at substation , 220 kV D/C transmission line (2016) Garthi-II 0.90 MW (13th Plan), Garthi-III 3.00 MW (13th Plan) Barsaini Charor- Banala D/C Garthi 1.00 MW (13th Plan) Gathi 0.80 MW (13th Plan) Upper Jirah 12 T7-132 kV Barsaini- transmission line and 400 1.50 MW (13th Plan) Kungti 1.00 MW (13th Plan) Nazonga 0.90 MW Charor D/C kV PGCIL station at (13th Plan) Sarsadi 9.60 MW (2015) Parvati 14.00 MW (2017) Parbati-II transmission line Amritsar through 400/220 10.00 MW (2017) Sarsadi-II 9 MW (2015) Shat 3 MW (13th Plan) 13 S8- 132/220 kV kV Banala (PGCIL) P.S- Sharni 9.60 MW (2017) Malana Top 5.00 MW (2016) Malana-III 30.00 substation at Charor Amritsar 400 kV D/C MW (2019-20) MALANA-IV 10.00 MW (2016) Thuchaning 1 MW (2016) transmission line (PGCIL) Jari Hydel 5.00 (2014) Bramganga Top 5.00 (13th Plan) Jal 1.00 (13th Plan) Manikaran 0.99 (13th Plan) Raskat-II 0.40 (13th Plan) Manikaran Choj 2.50 (13th Plan) IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 79

5.6 Health and Safety Management

Health and Safety Issues 251. To avoid/minimize inherent risks during construction, operation and maintenance, HPPTCL has formulated “Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP) in May 2011” This policy has laid down safety guidelines for EHV substations and lines in operations and maintenance (O&M) and construction areas. Some other implications and mitigations from safety point of view are shown in Table 62 below:

Table 62: Safety Implication and Mitigation SNo. Implication Mitigation 1 Electromagnetic effect Adequate horizontal and vertical clearances are provided as per Indian Electricity Act rules. 2 Mechanical Factor of safety in tower structure, conductor and insulator is provided 3 Lightning stroke Each tower is provided with ground wire and earthed. Earthing system for permissible step and touch potential in substation design. 4 Ground clearance No construction is permitted. Land is not allowed to be converted to non-agriculture use. However, infringement there is no restriction on movement of people

Awareness Program 252. Some of the safety awareness activities such as: 1 Public awareness by meeting with villagers, builders, transporters, schools, NGOs/CBOs, and putting up safety posters, safety slogan and advertisement in media. 2 District collector/ electrical inspector/ police department/local authority approached for removal/ prevention of unauthorized construction nearby EHV transmission lines violating Electricity Act 2003. 3 Education to workers on Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and safety tools.

Safety Audits 253. Safety inspections are done at each PIU in a regular way. Steps needed to follow: 1. Checking of safety tools - i. Availability and its present condition. ii. Utilization and testing. 2. Check for implementation of safety rules and safety instruction for all substation operation and maintenance activities. 3. Safety awareness and identifying hazards for various maintenance activities in the switch yard and the transmission lines. 4. Precaution to be taken while issuing permit for the work. 5. Operation of portable fire extinguishers and their healthiness. 6. Ensuring electromagnetic field (EMF) is minimised at all transmission line and substation sites using proper design criteria as per Indian Electricty Act rules.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 80

6.0 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

6.1 Information Disclosure 254. In line with ADB’s Public Communications Policy, HPPTCL is required to ensure that relevant project information about social and environment safeguard issues is made available during the initial stages to affected people and other stakeholders, including the general public at district headquarters where it is publicly accessible in English, Hindi and any other vernacular local language. ADB and HPPTCL will also post these documents as well as the Environment Assessment and Review Framework Document (EARF) and the IEE on their respective websites.

255. Incorporation of the environmental concerns of APs through the public consultation in the decision making process will avoid or minimise conflict situations during the implementation process as well as enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and its implementation. HPPTCL can conduct public consultation and information disclosure through public meetings and notice.

6.2 Awareness of Stakeholders 256. HPPTCL has disclosed the project plans during public consultation sessions as well as made them aware their rights, effects on area and the action to be taken to mitigate the impact as part of their “Environment and Social Safeguards Policy 2011 and the Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy 2011”. The Environment and Social staff has held discussions with groups and individuals to make them aware of the compensation procedures, impacts of lines, as well as proposed project timelines. This exercise shall continue during and after the construction of the subproject. Thus, the project-affected community residing beside the proposed transmission line has gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which will arise in the future.

257. A community awareness programme must be conducted one month prior to construction by the concerned PIUs of HPPTCL regarding the scope of the project, procedure of construction activities, utility of resources, identified impacts and mitigation measures. These awareness programmes will help the community to resolve problems, and clarify their distrusts related to the proposed project at initial stage.

6.3 The Grievance Redress Mechanism 258. Through its Environment and Social Safeguards Policy13, HPPTCL has established a Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) having suitable grievance redressal procedure for the project affected persons. The GRM would address affected persons’ concerns and complaints promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that is gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to the affected persons at no costs and without retribution. This GRM consists of a Grievance Redressal Committee consists of the following persons as listed in Table 63 below:

Table 63: Constitution of Grievance Redressal Committee 1 Project Head Chairman 2 Head of Finance wing at the project level Member 3 Representative of local Panchayat Member 4 Representative of contractor Member 5 Project Environment/RR staff Member Secretary

259. This GRM would provide an effective approach for resolution of complaints and issues of the affected community. PMU shall formulate procedures for implementing the GRM. The PIU shall undertake GRM’s initiatives that include procedures of taking/ recording complaints, handling of on-the-spot resolution of minor problems, taking care of complainants and provisions of responses to distressed stakeholders etc. paying particular attention to the impacts on vulnerable groups.

260. Environmental and social grievances will be handled in accordance to the project’s GRM. Open and transparent dialogue will be maintained with project affected persons as and when

13 Finalized in May 2011 IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 81 needed, in compliance with ADB safeguard policy requirements. The GRM for the project provides an effective approach for complaints and resolution of issues made by the affected community in a reliable way. This mechanism will remain active throughout the life cycle of the project. GRM procedure is shown in Figure 29. The affected persons can approach the court of law at any time of the GRM procedure, if they so wish.

Figure 29: Process of Grievance Redressal Mechanism

Affected Persons *

Minor Grievances CBO/NGO/Social/ Grievance Resettlement Specialist Addressed

Major Grievances

GRC Grievance Addressed Addressed

Not Addressed

HPPTCL/State Government Grievance Addressed Addressed

Not Addressed

Court of Law

( * ) Affected Persons can approach the court of law at time during the Grievance redressal process.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 82

7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE

261. During the project formulation stage, HPPTCL had conducted a project scoping exercise and reconnaissance survey of the proposed system. Accordingly, during public consultation sessions, considerable dialogue had been held between HPPTCL representatives, individuals, and groups from the community to make them aware of the proposed project.

262. The project-affected community residing beside the proposed transmission line has already gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which may arise in the future. The community were also informed about the Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM), which will be followed by HPPTCL as per procedure listed in its Environmental and Social Safeguards Policy May 2011 for making complaints, including the place and the responsible person to contact in this regard.

263. In line with GoI’s Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 1994 (including amendments), public consultation and information disclosure will be undertaken through public notice prior to the approval by MoEF only for Category B1 and A projects. According to ADB SPS 2009, Category B projects, public consultation and information disclosure is to be made during the initial stages by the client itself. This activity supports the view to understand the public’s perception of the project and respond to their concerns and suggestions during the early stages of the project design. Incorporation on the environmental concerns to the decision making process through the public consultation will avoid or minimise conflict situation during the implementation process.

264. Public consultations were conducted in project-affected area between February to 30 September 2012. The community aired their opinions freely on the project, its impact, and suggestions for mitigating adverse impacts. People participated in voluntary public consultation sessions to express their views about the proposed project. Table 64 indicates a summary of public consultations conducted during the field survey. The detailed list of public consultations is in Annexure 7. Table 64: Public Consultation Distance Name of the Component/ Name of SNo. from Project Issues raised by the participants subproject the Village Location COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kV Gas Insulated URNI 400m  People requested for Jobs during and after the Switchgear (GIS) switching implementation of project if possible station at Urni  Roads need to be improved.  Streetlights be made available in the village.  Continuous consultation with villagers needs to be carried out throughout construction  Substation land is quite barren and unused and people were happy to provide the land to HPPTCL through mutual negotiation. People said that compensation money would be used for development of smallscale business activities. T1 66 kV double circuit (D/C) CHAGAON 600m  People requested for Jobs during the implementation of transmission line from 66 kV ZANAKPURI project if possible (OLD TAPRI) GIS Urni switching station to  Demand of 24 hours power supply if possible. Wangtoo GIS substation  People requested that utility vehicle may be hired by HPPTCL from the village which will be used during and after the implementation  Prior notice shall be provided to the villages before the start of construction.  People suggested that no such severe adverse impacts are foreseen as the line will pass through forest land. COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 83

Distance Name of the Component/ Name of SNo. from Project Issues raised by the participants subproject the Village Location S2 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling LAHAL 300m  Prior notice to the affected farmer shall be given and station (P.S.) at Lahal consultations shall be continued during the entire phase of construction.

T2 220 kV single circuit (S/C) KHANI/ 600m  People requested for Jobs during and after the transmission line from 33/220 LAHAL implementation of project if possible.. kV Lahal substation upto 220  Local labour shall be employed to the extent possible by kV yard of Budhil HEP. the contractor.  Any damage to local area during construction by movement of vehicles shall be restored post construction. S3 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS BANJAL 500m  Approach roads needs to be built as the current road substation at Banjal condition is in bad shape and there is no road connected to the proposed substation. T3 132 kV S/C transmission line  Temporary employment of local labour is expected. from 33/132 kV GIS substation  Some development work in the village related to Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala sanitation and water etc. substation  People suggested that land should be purchased through mutual negotiation and adequate compensation is expected.. S4 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA CHAMBI 2200m  Employment opportunity if possible during construction. substation at Chambi  Demand for reliable power supply. (Shahpur)  Substation proposed is in government land, hence villagers do not foresee any problem.  Villagers welcomed the project and expect that the project will enhance the reliability of power supply in the area. T4 132 kV S/C transmission line SMIRPUR 1700m  Temporary employment of local labour if feasible. from Chambi (Shahpur) THIYARA  Demand for reliable power supply. substation to LILO point of 132  Prior notice to each affected village before the start of kV Kangra- Dehra S/C construction of transmission line. transmission line  Villagers shall be allowed to cultivate the land underneath the RoW.  Cash compensation for crop damage at market rates.  Any damage subsequently during the maintenance of transmission line shall be compensated accordingly. COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kV GIS switching station SARI 300m  People are eager to provide the private land for substation at Hatkoti provided they get adequate compensation at market rate.

 R&R assistance shall be provided in addition to T5 220 kV D/C transmission line CHIRGAON, 250m compensation. from 220/132 kV GIS PS MASLI,  People expect maximum benefits in terms of employment Sunda to 220 kV switching JAKHAR during construction. station Hatkoti  Corporation should provide some additional benefits in terms of development work as part of corporate CHIRGAON S6 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS 300m responsibility in terms of better water supply and

PS at Sunda rehabilitation of existing roads etc.  ROW and the height of the line from the ground should be adequate. COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kV GIS switching station at BURUA 1500m  Temporary employment of local labour during Palchan construction.

Demand for proper crop compensation.  T6 33 kV D/C transmission line PALCHAN 500m  Prior notice to each affected village before the start of from 33 kV Palchan switching construction of transmission line. station to 33/220 kV substation  Villagers be allowed to cultivate the land underneath the in the yard of Allain Dhaungan RoW. HEP  Tower should have proper anti-climbing technique so that safety measures are well taken care of.  Advanced technology should be used to avoid any natural disaster and lightening. T7 132 kV D/C transmission line BARSAINI 2500m  People are generally cooperative about the project. from Barsaini to 132/220 kV  Fair compensation is expected. substation at Charor  Temporary jobs expected during construction.  All the affected Panchayats should be given additional grants for development of work in the village.  People should be given prior notice to harvest their crops.  Construction schedule should be chosen during the off season to avoid lesser damage in standing crop. T8 220 kV D/C transmission line DIYAR 1200m  Safety measures to be adopted for the lines construction. from Charor to 400/220 kV  Prior notice to each affected village before the start of Banala substation of PGCIL construction of transmission lines.  Villagers be allowed to cultivate the land underneath the RoW.  People requested that cash compensation at market rate be given for damaged crops and any damage during the IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 84

Distance Name of the Component/ Name of SNo. from Project Issues raised by the participants subproject the Village Location maintenance of transmission line shall be compensated accordingly. S8 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS CHAROR 1000m  People are generally apprehensive about the project and substation at Charor were not so cooperative in the beginning to provide any private land.  Good compensation is expected.  People requested for Jobs during and after the implementation of project if possible.  HPPTCL should do some development work in the village. S9 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS BARSAINI 2500m  Good compensation for the land. substation at Barsaini  Roads will improve.  People requested that jobs should be given to the affected people on priority.  People feel that power supply will be improved in the local area. S10 33/132 kV GIS substation at PANDOH 1500m  Government land shall be chosen instead of purchasing Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of private land. 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C  People suggested that land is available with BBMB and transmission line HPPTCL agreed to take BBMB land instead of purchasing the previously planned land from scheduled tribe owners.  People expect that local business will improve.  Opportunity for temporary employment will improve.

7.1 Consultation Findings 265. Incorporation of environmental concerns of Affected Persons (APs) through the public consultation will help avoid or minimise conflict situations and enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation process. Consultations and group discussions were carried out along the project sites by the project safeguard consultants between February- September 2012. The discussion was carried out in almost all the villages coming within 500 m vicinity of the alignment of transmission lines and at proposed substation sites in all the PIUs. Attached Annexure 7 lists detailed public consultations during the field survey by the team.

266. As part of the social assessment, approximately 246 households have been surveyed where the heads of the households were interviewed to collect the data during the month of March to September 2012. Additionally, the social and environment expert from the consultant team carried out various informal consultations during the site assessment with concerned village heads and local people at various villages. Summary of people’s perception of the project during the consultation is presented in Annexure 7. Tables A7.1-12 (inside Annexure 7) lists villages where the consultations were held in the Chamba, Kullu, Mandi, Shimla and Kinnaur Districts. Table A7.13 gives the general perception for all the Tranche 2 subprojects.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 85

8.0 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

267. Environmental impacts likely to result from the proposed transmission system development are manageable and can be managed cost effectively. Careful mitigation and monitoring, specific selection criteria and review/assessment procedures for subprojects have been specified to ensure that minimal impacts take place. The detailed design would ensure inclusion of any such environmental impacts that could not be specified or identified at this stage are taken into account and mitigated where necessary. Those impacts can be reduced through the use of proper mitigation measures listed in the EMP. The EPC contract will incorporate applicable environmental measures identified in IEE and EMP.

268. The proposed project will have number of positive impacts and negative impacts to the existing environment as follows:  State Government shall benefit largely from the large volumes for exportable surplus of power. The local people shall benefit due to improvement in quality and reliability of the electricity supply as well as funds that will flow into the area to provide them with better roads, health facilities due to higher allocations to the Local Area Development Funds from generation projects to the district. Improvement in lifestyles of local people shall be the main positive impact of this project.  There will be removal of fruit and non-fruit trees for the transmission line and substations, which is the main negative impact to the proposed project area. However, the compensation for crop and trees shall be made as per HPPTCL’s Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy May 2011. Compensatory afforestation shall be carried out wherever forest land is used.  Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the farming activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, vibration as well as silt runoff due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project.

269. No reliable baseline information of water, air and noise / vibration in Chamba, Kullu, Mandi, Shimla and Kinnaur district exists with respect to transmission line and substation locations. Therefore, collection of baseline parameters of water, air, soil, and noise/vibration is recommended through sampling at specific locations as mentioned in EMoP. Establishment of baseline parameters is essential to monitor changes in the quality of water, air, soil and noise during the construction and operation periods.

270. Proper GRM will have to be implemented by HPPTCL to overcome public inconvenience during the proposed project activities.

271. The selected land for Pandoh substation is located within the BBMB land that needs to be transferred to HPPTCL; Chambi is on government land; Urni, Lahal substation lands have already been purchased by HPPTCL, and Palchan, Hatkoti, Sunda, Banjal, Charor GIS substation land’s will need to be purchased from private persons at prices based on market rates. The acquisition of land as per Land Acquistion Act 1894 (and its amendments) will be required from the surrounding communities only if the negotiations do not succeed. Since road connectivity is of prime importance to the proposed substation land - Banjal, Charor, Chambi, Palchan, Hatkoti substation lands are being procured nearest to the road head. For Hatkoti, Chambi, Pahdoh substation lands, which are barren, there will be no need to removal of trees for the construction of new substation but for Sunda, Charor, Banjal sites, fruit trees will have to be removed for the construction. Larger extent of proposed transmission line runs through orchards, cultivated/uncultivated as well as forestlands. Any dense forest areas have been avoided by design. None of the lines passes through any human settlement, national park or sanctuary.

272. Overall, the major social and environmental impacts associated with transmission projects are limited to the construction period and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of recommended measures and by best engineering and environmental practices. The impact matrix depicts that the project will not have significant negative environmental impacts IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 86 and the project would help in improving the socio-economic conditions of this developing state. As the project falls in Category B as per the ADB’s SPS 2009 guidelines, no detailed EIA study is required.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 87

9.0 CONCLUSIONS

273. An environment and social analysis has been carried out looking at various criteria such as topology, water resources, ecology, demography of the area, climate and natural habitat, community and employee health and safety etc. The impact analysis found that, due to careful consideration of environmental and social aspects as per its ESSP during route and site selection by HPPTCL, no major adverse impacts are expected. There is no adverse impact on the migration of habitat, any natural existing land resources and effect in the regular life of people. The environment and social impact associated with transmission line project is limited to the extent of construction phase and can be mitigated through a set of recommended measures and adequate provision for environment and social impacts which cover monitoring, measuring and mitigation.

274. EMP has been prepared. Mitigation measures related to construction, as specified in the EMP, will be incorporated into civil works contracts, and their implementation will be primarily the responsibility of the contractors. HPPTCL will be responsible for the overall implementation and auditing of site-specific EMPs.

275. Public consultations have been conducted along the transmission corridor. The results indicate broad support for the project based on perceived economic and social benefits. Most impacts are expected to occur during the construction phase and are considered to be of a temporary nature. The transmission corridor was carefully selected after undergoing an options assessment. This enabled the right of way alignment to bypass nearby reserve forest area, villages and important water supplies and resources. The main project impacts are associated with cutting of orchards, waste management, and excavation of soils.

276. No endangered or protected species of flora or fauna are reported at any of the subproject sites. The seven out of ten substation sites proposed are located on private land which shall be purchased from private land owners at rate on mutual process basis; two lands are owned by HPPTCL and one BBMB land characterized as mostly barren, uninhabited and unused lands, removed from populated areas.

277. The IEE performed is adequate for purposes of project implementation. Based on the environmental assessment and surveys conducted for the project so far, it is evident that the potential adverse environmental impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the mitigation measures identified in the EMP. Adequate provisions are being made in the project to cover the environmental mitigation and monitoring requirements, and their associated costs.

278. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads etc., details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

279. Adequate provisions have been made for the environmental mitigation and monitoring of predicted impacts, along with their associated costs. Adverse impacts if noticed during implementation will be mitigated using appropriate design and management measures. The potential cumulative and residual impacts of the transmission sub-components as a whole indicate the project classifies as a Category “B”, in accordance with ADB’s Safeguards Policy Statement 2009. The Project is not considered highly sensitive or complex.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 88

Annexure 1 Applicable Rules, Regulations, Policies and Procedures

A. National Environmental Laws 1. The Environmental regulations, legislation, policy guidelines that may impact this project, are the responsibility of a variety of government agencies. The principal Environment Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). MoEF formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects.

2. The important environmental legislations in India are given below (i) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, amended 1988 (ii) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975 (iii) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, amended 1987 (iv) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982 (v) The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, amended 1991 and including the following Rules/Notification issued under this Act.  The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, including amendments  The Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000  The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2003  The Hazardous Wastes (management, handling and transboundary movement) Rules 2009  The Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998  Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000,  Wild Life (Protection) Amendment Act, 2002  Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000.  The Biological Diversity Act, 2002;  The Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 1994; amended up to 2009;  Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2001  The Environmental Clearance Notification, 1994  Environmental Standards of CPCB (vi) Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 (vii) The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, amended 1993 (viii) The Wildlife (Protection) Rules, 1995 (ix) The Indian Forest Act, 1927 (x) Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, amended 1988 (National Forest Policy, 1988)  Forest (Conservation) Rules, 1981 amended 1992 and 2003  Guidelines for diversion of forest lands for non-forest purpose under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (xi) The National Environmental Appellate Authority Act, 1997 (xii) The National Green Tribunal Act, 2010

B. State Government Policies 3. Some of the Himachal Pradesh Government and HPPTCL’s policies that are applicable to the sub-projects are:  The Himachal Pradesh Hydropower Policy 2007;  Himachal Pradesh Land Preservation Act (LPA);  HPPTCL Environment and Social Safeguards Policy, May 2011; and  Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy, May 2011.

C. Other Acts 4. The policy framework consists of following main regulations: (i) The Electricity Act, 2003 (ii) National Resettlement & Rehabilitation Policy, 2007 (NRRP) (MoRD, DoLR). (iii) Right of Way and compensation under Electricity Laws. (iv) Land Acquisition Act, 1894. (v) The Indian Telegraph Act (ITA), 1885 (vi) Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in 1949

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 89

(vii) Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Area) Act, 1996. (viii) The Right to Information Act, 2005 (ix) National Policy on HIV/AIDS and the World of Work, Ministry of Labour and Employment, GoI. (x) National Policy on Safety, Health and Environment at Work Place, Ministry of Labour and Employment, GoI.

D. Key Environmental Legislations

Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/Key Players Water (Prevention To provide for the prevention Controls sewage and Central and State Pollution and Control of and control of water pollution industrial effluent Control Board Pollution Act, 1974) and enhancing the quality of discharges water Air (Prevention and To provide for the prevention Controls emissions of air Central and State Pollution Control of Pollution and control of air pollution pollutants Control Boards Act - 1981) Forest Act, 1927 To consolidate acquisition of Regulates access to State government, forest common property such as natural resources, state settlement officers forests has a monopoly right over land, categories forests Forest Conservation To halt India’s rapid Restriction on de- Central Government Act, 1980 deforestation and resulting reservation and using Environmental degradation forest for non-forest purpose Wildlife Protection To protect wildlife Creates protected areas Wildlife Advisory Boards; Act, 1980 (national parks, Central Zoo Authorities sanctuaries) categories of wildlife which are protected Environment To provide for the protection An umbrella legislation; Central government nodal Protection Act, 1986 and improvement of supplement laws agency MoEF; can deplete Environment powers to state department of Environmental Impact Environment Assessment Notifications 1994 and amendments up to 2009 The Batteries Provide safe disposal of lead To control unsafe disposal Central government nodal (Management and acid and all other types of of batteries contents by agency MoEF; can deplete Handling) Rules, batteries authorised recyclers powers to state department of 2001 as amended; Environment The Hazardous Movement, handling, of waste To control the disposal of Central government nodal Wastes chemical oils in industries, hazardous chemicals, oils agency MoEF; can deplete (Management, commercial, other services etc into water , land and powers to state department of Handling and air Environment Transboundary Movement) Rules 2009 The National Green Effective and expeditious All civil cases where a Chairperson, National Green Tribunal Act, 2010 disposal of cases relating to substantial question Tribunal environmental protection and relating to environment conservation of forests and (including enforcement of other natural resources any legal right relating to including enforcement of any environment) is involved legal right relating to environment and giving relief and compensation for damages to persons and property and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 90

Annexure 2 Alternative Site Analysis for Grid Substations

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details 5075 sqm 15000 sqm 18000 sqm 1a Area (dimensions) Sloping Partially Sloping Partially Sloping 1b Geographical coordinates N - 31°31'37.2"” E - N-31°30'45.3” E - 78°08'18.7" 78°09'36.6" 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required 2 Number of transformers 2 No 2 No 2 No 3 Number of Bays 4 Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government Private Private Private Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. 0.5085 ha 1.50 ha 1.80 ha (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil Nil Nil b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River 50 m Urni Khad 100 m Urni KHad 100 m Sutlej Khad 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 3 km from NH-22 3.3 km from NH-22 2.1 km from NH-22 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 2.15 km 2.5 km 2.5 km 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Urni Urni Kilba 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Urni & Tapri Urni & Tapri Tapri 8. Land Strata- geology Hard Rock Hard Rock Hard Rock 9. Road accessibility Temporary near Nil Nil substation land 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 220 kV Kashang-Bhaba, 220 kV Kashang- 220 kV Kashang-Bhaba, JP transmission line at Bhaba, JP transmission JP transmission line at about 0.8 km distance line at about 0.8km about 01 km distance distance 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 22 kV line 0.5 km Nil Nil 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) 3 km 3.5 km 2.0 km 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries 118 km 125 km 130 km 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 5 6 8 b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Within snow area Within snow area Within snow area 18. Distance from un-cultivated area 100 m 50 m 150 m 19. Altitude of substation 1961 m 1990 m 1775 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport 230 km 230 km 235 km 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites 23 km Kamru Palace, 23.3 km Kamru Palace, 17 km Kamru Palace, Sangla Sangla Sangla 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a) Area (in ha) 5075 sqm. 15,000 sm. 18,000 sqm. b) Cost Rs.80,00000 Rs. 2.4 crore Rs. 3 crore Alternative Selected Selected - Barren in nature, lesser number of trees to be felled and away from population

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal Sno. Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Substation details A Area (Dimensions) 48 Bighas 25 Bighas 20 Bighas B Geographical Coordinates 32°28´13 N 32°26´31 N 32°22´30 N 76°28´08 E 76°28´03 E 76°30´22 E C Slope/Plain land Sloped Sloped Sloped D Amount of land cutting required 30000 cum 35000 cum 28000 cum 2 Nos. of Transformers One 33/220 kV One 33/220 kV One 33/220 kV 3 Nos. of Bays 12 12 12 4 Size/type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land Private. Private Private 6 Private land (in Bighas) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated ------b. Non-irrigated 36096 sqm. 18800 sqm. 15040 sqm.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 91

(ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. ------(iii) House or Building: ------a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7a Distance from nearest River Ravi (0.5 km) Ravi (0.5 km) Ravi (0.5 km) 7b Distance from nearest National/ State Highway SH-33 (0 km) SH-33 (5 km) SH-33 (12 km) 7c Distance from nearest Forest Area ---nil------nil------nil--- 7d Distance from nearest Village/ town Lahal (Bharmour) Garola (Bharmour) Machhetar (Bharmour) 8 Land Strata- geology Sandy Loam with Sandy Loam with Sandy Loam with Quartzite Quartzite origin Quartzite origin origin 9 Road accessibility Yes Yes Yes 10 Nearest EHV line distance 2 km (Bhudhil yard) 3 km (Bhudhil yard) 10 km (Bhudhil yard) 11 Nearest HT line distance 0.05 km 0.1 km 0.2 km 12 Nearby Telephone line distance 13 Nearby NH-20 (Pathankot-Mandi) & SH (Pathankot- 160 & 0 km 160 & 5 km 167 & 12 km Bharmour) distance 14 Distance from interstate/ international boundaries 130 km from Punjab 130 km from Punjab 137 km from Punjab boundary boundary boundary 15 Nos. of Forest Trees:- -- --nil--- --nil--- a. Trees to be felled -- b. Trees to be lopped -- 16 Nos. of private trees 35 42 (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 20 27 35 b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 1 8 7 b. Trees to be lopped 17 Distance from snow area -nil- -nil- -nil- 18 Distance from cultivated area -nil- -nil- -nil- 19 Altitude of substation 1600 m 1480 m 1690 m 20 Nearby Gaggal airport air distance 40 km 40 km 40 km 21 Nearby religious or archaeological site aerial Distance 7 km 9 km 16 km (Chaurasi Temple) 22 Name of village/District Lahal/ Chamba Garola/ Chamba Machhetar/ Chamba 23 Land to be permanently acquired: i) Area (Ha) 36096 sqm. 18800 sqm. 15040 sqm. ii) Cost (Rs) Rs. 5 Crores Rs. 5 Crores Rs. 2 Crores Altenative Selected Selected - Away from protected/reserve forest area. No forest tree involved and lies on shortest transmission line alignment

S3 - 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Khuriyani (DeviKothi) Banjal Niuwa 1a Area (dimensions) (160X60) mtr (160X60) mtr 9600 sqm 1b Geographical coordinates 32°54.067Ń 32°54.030Ń 76°13.775É 32.894470N 76.20552°E 76°12.436É 1c Slope/Plain land Plain sloping Sloping 1d Amount of land cutting required 2 Number of transformers 1 1 4 3 Number of Bays 2 2 2 4 Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government Forest waste land Private Waste Forest land Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated Nil 9600 Sq.mtr. Nil b. Non-irrigated Non-Agriculture Nil Nil (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. 9600 Sq.mtr. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil b. Non-Residential Nil 7.a Distance from Nearest River Baira (5 km.) Baira (2.5 km.) Baira (2 km) 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway State Highway 37 (15.0 State Highway 37 (8.0 km.) State Highway 37 (5.0 km) km.) km.) 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 0.2 km 0.2 km 2.5 km 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Devi Kothi (1.5 km.) Banjal (2.5 km.) Niuwa (0.5 km.) 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Devi Kothi (1.5 km.) Devi Kothi (2.5 km.) Kurthala (5.5 km.) 8. Land Strata- geology Rocky/Undulating Rocky/Slopy Rocky/Slopy 9. Road accessibility Earthen road needs Approximately 8.0 km. of Approximately 4.5 km. of cutting and widening new road is required to be new road is required to be about 10.0 km. from constructed. constructed. Bairagarh. 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 132 kV Kurthla Bathri 132 kV Kurthla Bathri 132 kV Kurthla Bathri transmission line (8.0 transmission line (7.0 km) transmission line (6.0 km) km) 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 2.5 km. 2.0 km. 2.0 km. 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) State Highway 37 (18.0 State Highway 37 (15.0 State Highway 37 (4.5 km.) km.) km.) 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries J&K Boundary 16.30 J&K Boundary 15.20 J&K Boundary 13.7

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 92

SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C km.(aerial distance) km.(aerial distance) km.(aerial distance) 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled 250 05 5 b. Trees to be lopped 0 0 16. Nos. of private trees (iii) Fruit Trees: a) Trees to be felled 250 0 0 b) Trees to be lopped Nil 0 0 (iv) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 04 03 03 b. Trees to be lopped 040 0 0 17. Distance from snow area 0 km. 0 km. 0 km. 18. Distance from un cultivated area 0.5 km. 2.5 km. 0 km. 19. Altitude of substation 2412 m 2010 m 1995 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport 195 km.Gaggal 175 km.Gaggal 173.5 km.Gaggal 67.0 km.(Aerial) Banjal in Chamba district Banjal in Chamba district 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Bharmour (59 km Bharmour (58.2 km aerial) Bharmour (56.7 km aerial) aerial) 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District Khuriyani (Devi Kothi) Banjal Banjal in Chamba district 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a) Area (in ha) 9,600 sqm. 9600 sqm. 9600 sqm. b) Cost. Alternative Selected Selected - Nearest to the road, lesser number of trees to be felled

S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Government land None None 1a Area (dimensions) 120X80=9600 sq mts. 1b Geographical coordinates Yet to be finalised. 1c Slope/Plain land Slopy 1d Amount of land cutting required NIL 2 Number of transformers 2 3 Number of Bays 2 Nos 132 kV & 2 Nos 33 kV 4 Size/ type of oil sump 40000 litres underground type. 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government HP Government land. Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) NIL (i) Agriculture :- - a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. - (iii) House or Building: - a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River 5 m from Chambi Khad. 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 20 m approx. from NH 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 3 km approx. 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town 150 m approx. 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity 6 km Approx. 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive, gravel and sand mixed strata. 9. Road accessibility Accessible to road. 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 1 km approx. 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Crossing over the proposed site of land. 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) No 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) 20 mtrs approx. from NH 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries Interstate Boundary= 68 km approx. 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled 8 No. b. Trees to be lopped - 16. Nos. of private trees NIL (i) Fruit Trees: a) Trees to be felled - b) Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled - b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area 30 km approx. 18. Distance from cultivated area 100 m approx 19. Altitude of substation 626 m aprox. 20. Nearest distance from Airport 5 km approx. 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites 15 km approx. 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District Mundla (Ladwara), District-Kangra. 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) 9600 sq mtrs.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 93

SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C b. Cost - Alternative Selected Selected- No forest reserve areas, no houses and easy connectivity to the proposed feeders.

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 - 220 kV GIS switching station at Hatkoti SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Near Bishkalti khad Below Patsari Khara Above Patsari Khara Pather adjacent to Radha Soami Pather Link Road Sari, Link Road Sari, Mohal Sari, Satsang Hatkoti in Mohal Mohal Sari, Tehsil Tehsil Jubbal, District Sari, Tehsil Jubbal, Jubbal, District Shimla Shimla (HP) District Shimla (HP) (HP) 1a Area (dimensions) 13700 sqm. 14300 sqm. 14400 sqm. 1b Geographical coordinates 31°08’04” N, 77° 44’ 31°08’06” N, 77° 31°08’ N, 77° 44’”E 25.3”E 44’32.2”E 1c Slope/Plain Land Sloping Sloping Sloping 1d Amount of land cutting required Cutting/filling etc. 3500 Cutting/filling etc. 500 Cutting/filling etc. 1000 CMT CMT approx. CMT approx approx. 2 Number of transformers 2 2 2 3 Number of Bays 4 4 4 4 Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government Private - 0.91.45 i) 01.43.28 i) 1.19.55 Ha.(15.18Bigha) Department/ Other) Ha.(12.3 Bigha) Ha.(19.1Bigha) ii) 0.19.00 Ha.(2.10Bigha) - Private Government - 0.46.12 - Government Ha.(6.3bigha) 6 Private land (in Bighas) (i) Agriculture :- Non Irrigated Non Irrigated Non Irrigated a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. (iii) House or Building: No Building exists No Building exists No Building exists a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Pabbar 1.7km Pabbar 0.8km Pabbar 2.2km 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway Shimla Rohru State Shimla Rohru State Shimla Rohru State Highway 1.5km Highway 3km Highway 3.5km 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area Government area Government area Nil involved involved( only for approach road) 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Village Hatkoti- 0.7Km Village Hatkoti- 0.8Km Village Hatkoti- 2Km Town Jubbal- 13km Town Jubbal- 14km Town Jubbal- 12km Rohru -12km Rohru- 12km Rohru- 13km 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Jubbal- 13km Jubbal- 14km Jubbal- 12km Sawra-4km Sawra-10km Sawra-11km Rohru-12km Rohru-12km Rohru-13km 8. Land Strata- geology Rocky/Slopy Rocky/Slopy Rocky/Slopy 9. Road accessibility Yes Yes Yes 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) Khara Pathhar – Hatkoti Khara Pathhar – Hatkoti road road 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries Interstate Uttrakhand Interstate Uttrakhand Interstate Uttrakhand Kuddu Kuddu (Snail 20km Kuddu (Snail) 26 km (Snail) 27km 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled 4 nos. Nil 10 nos. b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 3 nos. 2 nos. 85 nos. b. Trees to be lopped 7 nos. Nil 8 nos. (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: Nil Nil Nil a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Area Snow Area Snow Area 18. Distance from un cultivated area Nil Nil Nil 19. Altitude of substation 1528 msl 1590.92 msl 1610 msl 20. Nearest distance from Airport 150km 150km 150km 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Temple Hatkoti-0.5 km Temple Hatkoti-0.7 km Temple Hatkoti-1.5 km (Approx) (Approx), Radhsoami (Approx.) Radhsoami Satsang Satsang Bhawan Bhawan 0.03km (Approx) 0.15km (Approx) 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) 13700 sqm. 14300 sqm. 14400 sqm. b. Cost Rs.4.07Cr. Rs.1.43Cr. Say Rs.2.52Cr. Alternative Selected Selected - Avoids the archeologically significant area. No reserve forest areas and no houses nearby, minimum number of fruit trees and no forest IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 94

SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C trees involved. The minimum land acquisition for road construction involved.

S6 - 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Adjascent to HPSEB 250 m from tail race Chidgaon colony, Sundasu tunnel of Dhamwari Sunda HEP 1a Area (dimensions) 1.5 Ha 2 Ha. 1.75 Ha. 1b Geographical coordinates 31°08’06”N, 77° 31° 14' 13'' N, 31°13’57”N, 77° 52’36”E 44’32.2”E 77° 53' 17''E 1c Slope/Plain land Plain Plain Plain 1d Amount of land cutting required Nil Nil Nil 2 Number of transformers 2 2 2 3 Number of Bays 8 8 8 4 Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government private private private Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated 1 ha 1 ha 1 ha b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/ banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Pabbar (15 m) Pabbar (30 m) Pabbar (30 m) 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari (50m) (100m) (300m) 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 200 m 500 m 500 m 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Sundasu (400 m) Chidgaon (200m ) Chidgaon (200m ) 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Chidgaon (1km) Chidgaon (500m) Chidgaon (500m) 8. Road accessibility Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari Chidgaon – Dhamwari (50 m) (100 m) (300 m) 9. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 500 m from site 300 m from site 20 m from site 10. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil 22 kV crossing over site 11. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 12. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries 45 from Uttrakhand 44 from Uttrakhand 44 from Uttrakhand state state state 13. Nos. of Forest Trees :- Nil Nil Nil a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 14. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: Fruit trees a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil 50 Apple tree b. Trees to be lopped 10 Apricot (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 15. Distance from snow area 0 km 0 km 0 km 16. Distance from un cultivated area 0 km 0 km 0 km 17. Altitude of substation 1,750 m 1,745 m 1,743 m 18. Nearest distance from Airport 165 km 165 km 165 km 19. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites 35 km from Hatkoti 34 km from Hatkoti 34 km from Hatkoti temple temple temple 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District Sundasu, Shimla Chidgaon, Shimla Chidgaon, Shimla district district district 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a) Area (in ha) 1.5 Ha 2 Ha. 1.75 Ha. b) Cost Rs. 3.8 Carore Rs. 4.0 Crore Rs. 3.8 Crore Alternative Selected Selected - No reserve forest areas. Optimal distance from the IPP’s hence will reduce the mesh of transmission lines.

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 - 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Substation details Forest land Forest land (Tower 22) Private Land adjoining HPSEB substation 1.a Area of land 1504 sqm. 1880 sqm. 2250 sqm. 1.b Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1.c Approximate Amount of land cutting required 1400 cu.m 2528 cu.m 1450 cu.m 2. Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Forest Forest Forest/ Private Government Department/ Other) 3. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- Nil Nil 00.12.14 ha IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 95

SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C a. Irrigated (1.5 Bigha) b. Non – irrigated Non Irrigated (ii) Non - Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar. (iii) House or Building: Nil Nil Nil a. Residential b. Non – Residential 4. Distance from Nearest (With name ) 4.a River (Name/Distance) Solang nallah /200m Beas/200 m Beas/500 m 4.b National / State Highway Link Road from Palchan NH-21 NH-21 to Dhundi 4.c Forest Area 00.16.19 ha 00.20.23 ha 00.28.32 ha (2 Bigha) (2.5 Bigha) (3.15 Bigha) 4.d Village / town Solang Nehru Kund Palchan 4.e Market/Area of Economic Activity Palchan/ Manali Bhang/ Manali Palchan/ Manali 5. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible Accessible 6. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 7. HT line Passing Near By 450 m 500 100 m 8. Telephone line Passing Near By Nil Nil Nil 9. National / State Highway Passing Near By NH 21 NH 21 NH 21

10. Distance from Interstate / International 328 km / J & K border 335 km / J & K border 332 km / J & K border Boundaries 11. No. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled a. 4 a. 10 a. 3 no. b. Trees to be lopped b. nil b. nil b. Nil 12. No. of private trees (iii) Fruit Trees: NA a. 30 a. Trees to be felled NA b. Nil b. Trees to be lopped (iv) Non - Fruit Trees: NA NA Nil a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 13. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone Snow Zone. 14. Distance from un-cultivated area 150 m 500 m 100 m. 15. Altitude of substation 2300 m 2,255 m. 2,280m 16. Nearest distance from Airport 65 km (Bhunter Airport) 58 km (Bhunter Airport) 62 km (Bhunter Airport) 17. Distance from nearest religious or 250 m/ Kanchan Nag 5 km- Kanchan Naag. 3 km Kancan Naag. Archaeological sites Devta 7 km Hadimba Mata. Alternative Selected Selected - No forest reserve areas and no houses nearby, minimum number of fruits and no forest tree involved. This location will reduce the mesh of interconnection transmission lines from IPP’s.

S8 - 132/220 kV 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details At Heribag near Existing Adjoining to Existing 220 kV At State Highway Bhunter- Chhor substation Chhor substation Manikaran 1a Area (dimensions) 11280 sqm. 2250 sqm. 7520 sqm. 1b Geographical coordinates 31054’32.10”N, 31054’32.65”N, 31054’49.47”N, 770 11’ 25.21” E 770 10’ 55.81” E 770 10’ 40.60” E 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required 24200 cu.m 7284 cu.m. 24276 cu.m 2 Number of transformers 2 No 2 No 2 No/ 3 Number of Bays 2 No 220 kv Bays 2 No 220 kv Bays 2 No 220 kV bays 4 Size/ type of oil sump 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil sump sump sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Private/ forest Private Private. Government Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) 00.84.95 ha. 00.24.28 ha 00.80.92 ha (10.10 bigha) (3 bigha) (10 Bigha) (i) Agriculture :- Agriculture, Non irrigated Agriculture, Non irrigated a. Irrigated Agriculture, Non irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. Nil Nil Nil (iii) House or Building: Nil Nil Nil a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Beas /2000m Beas/ 1500 m Beas/ 350 m 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 3 km 2.5 km 100 m 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area Sholgu Dhar forest Sholgu Dhar forest Sholgu Dhar forest /1000 m / 750 m /1500 m 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Chhor/ 750 m Chhor/ 250 m Kot/ 300 m 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Bhunter/ 10 km Bhunter/ 9.5 km Bhunter / 7 km. Activity 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive soil and soft rock Cohesive soil and soft rock Cohesive soil and soft rock 9. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible Approach road is required to be constructed. 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 220 kV AD Hydro 220 kV AD Hydro 132 kV Malana Bajaura transmission line/ transmission line/ transmission line (500 m) (1500 m) (500 m) 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 96

SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By 3 km 2.5 km 100 m (Distance) 14. Distance from Interstate / International 402 km/ J & K Border 401 km/ J & K Border 397 km/ J & K Border. Boundaries 15. No. of Forest Trees :- Nil Nil a. Trees to be felled 6 No. b. Trees to be lopped 16. No. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 75 No. 40 No. 100 No. b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 25 No 20 No 50 N0. b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone 1500 m. 18. Distance from un cultivated area 500 m 200 m 100 m 19. Altitude of substation 1366 m 1365 m 1197 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport Bhunter / 10 km Bhunter / 9.5 km Bhunter / 7 km. 21. Distance from nearest religious or Bijli Mahadev/ 6 km Bijli mahadev /5.5 km Bijli Mahadev 3.5 km. Archaeological sites 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District Revenue Village Shilihar/ Revenue Village Shilihar/ Revenue Village Shilihar/ Distt. Kullu Distt. Kullu Distt. Kullu 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) 11280 sqm. 2250 sqm. 7520 sqm. b. Cost. Alternative Selected Selected - Single owner and lesser number of trees to be felled and away from the habitation.

S9 - 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Private land NHPC land Near HPSEBL Forest land at Barsaini 33 kV S/Stn 1a Area (dimensions) 9600 sqm. 3760 sqm. 9024 sqm. 1b Geographical coordinates 32° 0'1.69"N, 77°26'55.08"E 32° 0'2.09"N, 31°59'53.54"N, 77°26'51.64"E 77°26'46.26"E 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required 5000 cu.m 4500 cu.m 4800 cu.m 2 Number of transformers 2 no 2 no 2 no 3 Number of Bays 2 no 132 kV bays 2 no 132 kV bays 2 no 132 kV bays 4 Size/ type of oil sump 40,000 ltr, underground 40,000 ltr, underground 40,000 ltr, underground 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Private land NHPC Government/ Forest Government Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) 4888 sqm. (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated Non irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Parvati/ 400 m Parvati/ 800 m Parvati/ 800 m 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 800 m 1000m 1200 m 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 600 m 400 m 400 m 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town 150 m 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic 2 km 1.5 km 3 km Activity 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive Soil/ soft Rock Cohesive Soil/ soft Rock Cohesive Soil/ soft Rock 9. Road accessibility Accessible by Road Accessible by Road Accessible by Road 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 33 kV Tosh to Barsaini line/ 33 kV Tosh to Barsaini line/ 33 kV Tosh to Barsaini line/ 150 m 250 m 1000 m 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By Bhunter to Barsaini Bhunter to Barsaini Bhunter to Barsaini Highway. (Distance) Highway. / 800 m Highway. / 1000 m / 1200 m 14. Distance from Interstate / International J & K Border 445 km 444 km J & K Border 438 km J & K Border Boundaries 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- Nil a. Trees to be felled 200 b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (iii) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 120 100 b. Trees to be lopped (iv) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 100 100 b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone Snow Zone 18. Distance from un cultivated area 200m 200m 500m 19. Altitude of substation 2267 m 2275 m 2145 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport 51 km 50 km 46 km 21. Distance from nearest religious or Manikaran 17 km Manikaran 16 km Manikaran 12 km IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 97

SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C Archaeological sites 22. Name of villages involved/Name of District Revenue Village Manikaran/ Revenue Village Manikaran/ Revenue Village Manikaran/ Distt. Kullu Distt. Kullu Distt. Kullu 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) 9600 sqm. 3760 sqm. 9024 sqm. b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Single owner and lesser number of trees to be felled and the location will reduce the mesh of low voltage transmission lines from IPP’s.

S10 - 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Suubstation details BBMB – Jagar BBMB – Uba Private –land 1.a 9,600 sqm. 9,024 sqm. 9,776 sqm. Area of land 1.b Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1.c Approximate Amount of land cutting required 20637 cu.m 8254 cu.m 21435 cu.m 2. Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other BBMB BBMB Private Government Department/ Other) 3. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- 01.05.21 ha a. Irrigated 13 Bigha b. Non – irrigated Non Irrigated. (ii) Non - Agriculture/ Private wasteland / banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non – Residential 4.a Distance from Nearest River (Name/Distance) Beas / 800 m Beas /250 m Beas/ 450 m 4.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway NH21 NH 21 NH 21 4.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area Nil Nil Nil 4.d Distance from Nearest Village / town Jagar Uba Uba 4.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Pandoh Pandoh Pandoh Activity 5. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible 300 m Approach Road is required to be constructed 6. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 132 kV D/C Pandoh Bijini 132 kV Kangu to Bajaura 132 kV Kangu to Bajaura transmission line / 350 m transmission line / 300 m transmission line / 50 m 7. HT line Passing Near By 33 kV Pandoh Bijini / 500 m 33 kV Pandoh Bijini / 400 m 33 kV Pandoh Bijini. / 600 m 8. Telephone line Passing Near By Nil Nil Nil 9. National / State Highway Passing Near By NH 21 NH 21 NH 21 10. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries 435/ km J & K Border 431/ km J & K Border 430/ km J & K Border 11. No. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped 12. No. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 50 Nil 150 b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non - Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 20 Nil 50 b. Trees to be lopped 13. Distance from snow area 45 km 45 km 45 km 14. Distance from cultivated area 300 m 300 m 50 m 15. Altitude of Substation 835 m 823 m 840 m 16. Nearest distance from Airport 45 km (Bhunter Air port) 41 km (Bhunter Airport) 40 km (Bhunter Airport) 17. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological 1 km (Lakshmi Narayan 3 km (Lakshmi Narayan 3.5 km (Lakshmi Narayan sites mandir, Pandoh) mandir, Pandoh) mandir, Pandoh) Alternative Selected Selected- Governent land with less number of trees to be felled. The site is away from any habitation or protected wild life area

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 98

Annexure 3 Alternative Route Analysis for Transmission Lines

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation SNo Description Route-A Route-B Route-C 1. Length of line 13.382 14.370 14.067 2. Canal / River crossings 1/3 1/3 1/3 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) 4-93-74 (ii) Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) Nil Nil Nil (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ 1.50 km 2.00 km 1.50 km National Park (with name) 4. Development of Tower site ‐ Number of towers 44 46 42 ‐ Land to be acquired for tower base 5. Land Strata Hard Rock Hard Rock Hard Rock 6. Road accessibility 1.00km 1.250 km 1.50km 7. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar. 1100 sqm 0.5152 sqm 0.7250 sqm (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 8. EHV line Crossing 4 line 6 line 5 line 9. HT line crossings 1 line 2 line 2 line 10. Road crossing 7 line 6 line 6 line 11. National / State Highway Crossing 1 line Nil Nil 12. Telephone line crossing Nil Nil Nil 13. Length of line passing in the territory of other state Nil Nil Nil 14. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled 164 No 200 No 164 No b. Trees to be lopped 20 No 30 No 28 No 15. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 25 No 30 No 32 No b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 16. Length of line in snow area (km) 13.382 14.370 14.067 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area 0.550 km 0.650 km 0.700 km 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area (km) 0.500 0.500 0.600 20. Highest altitude en-route the line 2480 m 2500 m 2200 m 21. Nearest distance from Airport 200 km 200 km 200 km Shimla Shimla Shimla 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological Chhitkul 45km Chhitkul 45km Chhitkul 45km sites 23. Name of villages involved/Name of District Kutoun, Urni, Choling Kutoun, Urni, Choling, Kutoun, Urni, Choling, Tapri, Dharmlin, Yashing, Tapri, Tapri, Dharmling, Yashing, Dharyashing Distt. Dharmlin, Yashing, Dharyashing Distt. Kinnaur Kinnaur Dharyashing Distt. Kinnaur 24. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) 6.4136 ha 5.5 ha 5.84 ha b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Least number of trees to be felled as compared to other routes and least forestland involvement.

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects T2 - 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. SNo Description Route-A Route-B Route-C 1. Length of line 1.767 km 1.921 km 2.371 km 2. Canal / River crossings Ravi Ravi Ravi 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) 3.170 4.820 5.01 (ii) Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) Nil Nil Nil (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National 6.0 km.(Tundah Wild 6.0 km.(Tundah Wild 6.0 km.(Tundah Wild Life) Park Life) Life) 4. Development of Tower site 7 nos. 8 nos. 9 nos. ‐ Number of towers 15X15 sqm. 15X15 sqm. 15X15 sqm. ‐ Land to be acquired for tower base 5. Land Strata Sandy Loam of Quartzite Sandy Loam of Quartzite Sandy Loam of Quartzite 6. Road accessibility Yes (Chamba-Bharmour Yes (Chamba-Bharmour Yes (Chamba-Bharmour State Highway) State Highway)s State Highway) 7. Private land (in ha.)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 99

SNo Description Route-A Route-B Route-C (i) Agriculture:- Nil Nil Nil a. Irrigated Nil Nil Nil b. Non-irrigated 2.661 1.550 2.936 (ii) Non-Agriculture / Private waste land / banjar. Nil Nil Nil (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil 01 01 b. Non-Residential Nil Nil Nil 8. EHV line Crossing Nil Nil Nil 9. HT line crossings 01 nos. 01 nos. 01 nos. 10. Road crossing 01 01 01 11. National / State Highway Crossing 01 01 01 12. Telephone line crossing Nil Nil Nil 13. Length of line passing in the territory of other state Nil Nil Nil 14. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled 55 60 65 b. Trees to be lopped Nil 10 20 15. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: 22 35 40 a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped Nil Nil Nil (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: 18 20 12 a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped Nil Nil Nil 16. Length of line in snow area 1.767 km. 1.921Km. 2.371 km. 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area 0.7599 km. 0.4430 km. 0.839 km. 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area 0.9061 km. 1.377 km. 1.431 km. 20. Highest altitude en-route the line 2100.27 m. 2095.00 m. 2105.00 m. 21. Nearest distance from Airport 200 km. 200 km. 200 km. 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological 7 km.(Chaurasi Temple) 7 km.(Chaurasi Temple) 7 km.(Chaurasi Temple) sites 23. Name of villages involved/Name of District Khanni, Lahal/Chamba Khanni, Lahal/Chamba Khanni, Lahal/Chamba 24. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) Nil Nil Nil b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Forest reserve areas avoided. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least

T3 - 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation SNo Description Route A Route B (B-line) 1. Length of line 6.45 km. 6.604 km. 2. Canal / River crossings Nil Nil 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) 17.415 17.8308 (ii)Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park (with name) 4. Development of Tower site ‐ Number of towers 30 32 5. Land Strata Rocky sloping land Rocky sloping land 6. Road accessibility Partially Accessible with SH 37 near Partially Accessible with SH 37 near Kurthla end. Kurthla end. 7. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- 1.615 (Agriculture non Irrigated) 2.338 (Agriculture non Irrigated ) a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated 15.80 (Non Agriculture) 15.4926 (Non Agriculture) (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 8. EHV line Crossing Nil Nil 9. HT line crossings 4 5 10. Road crossing 04 06 11. National / State Highway Crossing 01 02 12. Telephone line crossing Nil Nil 13. Length of line passing in the territory of other state Nil Nil 14. Nos. of Forest Trees :- To be accessed after preliminary To be accessed after preliminary survey a. Trees to be felled survey b. Trees to be lopped 15. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled To be accessed after preliminary To be accessed after preliminary survey b. Trees to be lopped survey (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 16. Length of line in snow area 6.45 km. 6.604 km. 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area 2.338 km. 2.9052 km.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 100

SNo Description Route A Route B (B-line) 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area 4.112 km. 3.6988 km. 20. Highest altitude en-route the line 2180 m MSL 2412 m MSL 21. Nearest distance from Airport Gaggal 175 km, 68.5 km aerial Gaggal 182 km. 67 km aerial 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Bharmour (58.2 km aerial) Bharmour (59 km aerial) 23. Name of villages involved/Name of District Lddan Niuma Juthed, Galua and Banjal, Lddan Niuma Juthed, Galua Hanswani and Kurthla Hanswani and Kurthla 24. Land to be permanently acquired: c) Area (in ha. Nil Nil d) Cost. Alternative Selected Selected- Less agricultural land used and least number of trees are affected.

T4- 132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line ROUTE SURVEY WORK UNDERWAY BY HPPTCL # Sno. Description Route no.1 Route no.2 Route no.3 1 Approximate line length in km 2 River/Nalla Crossing 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).Approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 4 Forest area involvement i.)Nos. of towers ii).Approximate Length (in km) iii)18mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life

sanctuary 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers b Number of Gantries c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) bench20.00X 20.00 normal 6 Non Cohesive Cohesive Soft rock Hard rock 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to proposed line route.) 8 Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated iii. House or Building a. Residential b. Non residential 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos. 11 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 12 National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other state 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land Cutting non cutting 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees Cutting non cutting ii. non fruit trees Cutting non cutting 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 21 Approximate Length of line route in Government/Shamlat area (in km) Nos. of towers Reserved forest

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 101

Sno. Description Route no.1 Route no.2 Route no.3 Nos. of towers 22 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in metres) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport 24 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / archaeological sites 25 Name of District 26 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) Area in Ha Alternative Selected # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti Sno. Description Route A – (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Black) 1 Approximate line length in km 23.020 22.450 21.570 2 River/Nalla Crossing 8 7 7 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers 28 22 15 ii).Approximate Length (in km) 9.57 8.190 6.170 iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 33.495 28.665 21.595 4 Forest area involvement i.)Nos. of towers 0 9 8 ii).Approximate Length (in km) Nil 2.260 3.310 iii)18mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 0 7.910 11.585 iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) Nil nil nil v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life 1.50 km

sanctuary 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers 70 73 67 b Number of Gantries Nil 4 nil c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) 2.80Ha 2.92Ha 2.68 Ha bench20.00X 20.00 normal 6 Land strata of tower locations Non Cohesive 40 40 32 Cohesive 16 18 19 Soft rock 8 6 8 Hard rock 6 9 8 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to 0.80 km 1.20 km 1.50km proposed line route.) 8 Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated c. Irrigated 2.625 5.880 Nil d. Non-irrigated 18.62 22.155 20.825 ii. Un Cultivated 25.83 13.965 21.490 iii. House or Building - - - c. Residential - - - d. Non residential nil nil nil 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 2 times nil nil 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos. 17 times 14 times 11 times 11 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 24 times 20 times 12 times 12 National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. Nil nil nil 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. Nil Nil Nil 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other Nil nil nil state 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land a. Cutting 40 85 60 b. Non cutting 65 126 54 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees a. Cutting 56 45 109 b. Non cutting 35 60 70 ii. Non-fruit trees a. Cutting 15 16 20 b. Non cutting 25 32 40 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area (in km) 23.020 22.450 21.570 Nos. of towers 70 73 67 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone Nil nil nil area (in km) 0 0 0 Nos. of towers 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in km) 6.070 8.010 5.950 Nos. of towers 22 30 23 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) 7.380 3.990 6.140 Nos. of towers 20 12 21 21 Approximate Length of line route in 9.570 9.180 6.170 Government/Shamlat area (in km) Nos. of towers 28 22 15 Reserved forest Nil 2.260 3.310 IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 102

Sno. Description Route A – (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Black) Nos. of towers Nil 9 8 22 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in 1,885 1,825 2,120 metres) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport Shimla - 130 km Shimla - 130 km Shimla - 130 km 24 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / Hatkoti Hatkoti Hatkoti archaeological sites 25 Name of District Shimla Shimla Shimla 26 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) 0.1836 0.2088 0.1872 Area in Ha Alternative Selected Selected- Avoids houses and orchards in the RoW; and avoids the archeologically significant area. No reserve forest areas. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least.

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP Sno. Description Route A Route B Route C 1 Approximate transmission line length in km 13.132 km 8.426 km 11 km 2 River/Nalla Crossing 1 Nil 1 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).Approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 4 Forest area involvement 11.04 ha 08.95 ha 9.11 ha i.) Nos. of towers ii).Approximate Length (in km) iii)18mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) Nil Nil Nil v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life 150 km / The great 143 km / The great 148 km / The great sanctuary Himalayan National Himalayan National Himalayan National Park. park park 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers 100 No 67 No 90 No b Number of Gantries c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) 2m x 2 m 2m x 2m 2m x 2m bench20.00X 20.00 normal 6 Land Strata Cohesive soil/ Non Cohesive soil/ Non Cohesive soil/ Non cohesive cohesive soil/ soft rock cohesive soil/ soft rock soil/ soft rock 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to Maximum distance from Maximum distance from Maximum distance from road proposed transmission line route.) road Road will be 2 km road Road will be 2 km Road will be 2 km 8. Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. 00.00.48 ha 00.00.24 ha 00.00.44 ha i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated Non irrigated Non Irrigated Non Irrigated a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated iii. House or Building a. Residential b. Non residential 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. Nil Nil Nil 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos. 1 1 1 11 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 3 1 2 12 National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. 2 Nil 1 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. Nil Nil Nil 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other Nil Nil Nil state 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land a. Cutting 900 700 715 b. Non cutting 1000 800 820 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees a. Cutting 150 100 200 b. Non cutting 200 175 250 ii. non fruit trees a. Cutting 100 85 120 b. Non cutting 200 185 250 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area 100 % 100 % 100 % (in km) 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone Nil Nil Nil area (in km) 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in 1200 m 800 m 1600m km) 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area 11932 m 7626 m 9400 m (in km) Nos. of towers 21 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in 2360 m 2360m 2360m metres) 22 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport 50 km (Bhunter Airport.) 50 km (Bhunter Airport.) 50 km (Bhunter Airport.) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / 800 m Vashist Temple 800 m Vashist Temple 800 m Vashist Temple IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 103

Sno. Description Route A Route B Route C archaeological sites 24 Name of District Palchan, Kolang, Bhang, Vashist, Barua, Bhang, Vashist, Barua, Bhang, Vashist, Dharnu, Chachoga, Dharnu, Chachoga, Aleo Dharnu, Chachoga, Aleo. Aleo. 25 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) a. Area in Ha 00.00.48 ha 00.00.24 ha 00.00.44 b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Optimal distance from the wild life sanctuaries and away from the habitation. Least number of trees are required to be affected.

T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor Sno. Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Green) 1 Approximate line length in km 38.700 39.346 40.290 2 River/Nalla Crossing 1/7 1/7 1/7 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).Approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 4 Forest area involvement i.)Nos. of towers

ii).Approximate Length (in km) 2.75 9.40 15.00 iii)35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 96.25 329 525 iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) N/A N/A N/A v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life N/A N/A N/A sanctuary 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers 130 149 171 b Number of Gantries 2 2 2 c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) 5.2 6.96 6.86 bench20.00X 20.00 normal 6 Land strata of Tower Location Non Cohesive 20% 40% 47% Cohesive 40% 23% 23% Soft rock 19% 19% 19% Hard rock 31% 16% 21% 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to 0.43 0.61 0.98 proposed line route.) 8 Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated 32 41 49 c. Irrigated 0 0 0 d. Non-irrigated 6.06 7.01 ii. Un Cultivated 5.00 6.06 7.01 iii. House or Building c. Residential d. Non residential 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 2 4 7 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos. 4 4 4 11 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 2 0 0 12 National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. 0 0 0 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. 0 0 0 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other 0 0 0 state 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land Cutting 3200 4800 5600 non cutting 4000 4500 5000 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees Cutting 486 598 587 non cutting 112 89 99 ii. non fruit trees Cutting 11 45 23 non cutting 23 78 112 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area 80% 85% 100% (in km) Nos. of towers 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone 20% 15% 0% area (in km)

Nos. of towers 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 104

Sno. Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Green) km) Nos. of towers 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 22 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in 2305 2345 2360 metres) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport 55oo 6000 6550 24 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / 300 400 478 archaeological sites 25 Name of District Kulu Kulu Kulu 26 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) Area in Ha Alternative Selected Selected- Less tree cutting, minimum length of transmission line through inaccessible terrain.

T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL SNo Description Route – A Route – B Route – C (Red) (Blue) (Green) 1. Length of line 18.600 19.346 21.366 2. Canal / River crossings 1/3 1/3 1/4 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) 3.47 4.645 5.1 (ii)35 m ROW approximate area (in Ha) 1.21 1.62 1.78 (ii) Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 4. Development of Tower site - Number of towers 61 64 66 - Land to be acquired for tower base 2.44 2.56 2.64 5. Land Strata ot Tower Location

Non Cohesive 20% 40% 47%

Cohesive 40% 23% 23%

Soft Rock 19% 19% 19%

Hard Rock 31% 16% 21% 6. Road accessibility 0.43 0.61 0.98 7. Agriculture Private land (in ha.) (i):-Cultivated 32 41 49 - Irrigated 0 0 0 - Non-irrigated 0 0 0 (ii) Non-Agriculture / Private waste land. 5.00 6.06 7.01 (iii) House or Building: - Residential - Non-Residential 8. Approximate EHV line crossing in No. 1 1 1 9. HT/11kV line crossing in approximate No. 1 1 1

Road crossing in approximate No. 2 0 0

National/ State crossing in approximate N0. 0 0 0

Telephone line crossing in approximate No. 8 11 19

Length of Route/ line passing in the territory of other state 0 0 0 10 Nos. of Forest Trees :- - Trees to be felled 780 932 1193 - Trees to be lopped 1120 1197 1476 11. Nos. of private trees Fruit Trees: - Trees to be felled 486 598 887 - Trees to be lopped 112 289 299 Non-Fruit Trees: - Trees to be felled 411 545 623 - Trees to be lopped 23 78 112 12. Length of line in mountainous area 80% 85% 86 % 13. Length of line in non-mountaneous area 20% 15% 0% 14. Length of line in cultivated area 15. Length of line in un-cultivated area 16. Highest altitude en-route the line 1500m 1545m 1560m 17. Distance from nearest airport 5500m 6000m 6550m 18. Distance from nearest religious or archaeological sites 300 400 478 19. Name of villages involved/Name of District Kulu Kulu Kulu 20. Land to be permanently acquired: - Area (in ha) - Cost. Alternative chosen Selected- Less tree cutting and away from the habitation

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 105

Annexure 4 Inventorisation along the Transmission Lines

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation Sno. Angle Point/Tower Number

From To Distancepproximate of m²) (in ROW the under rea Name of Tehsil of Tehsil Name District ofName Towers of Nos. Area tower of m²) (in A Nos. of Household affected Name of the LandOwner in privatecase land (Ending of Tower) Distancetwo between towers/angle points A transmission line from nearby village(i m) Villages of Name Ownership of land of (private, Ownership Government Forest) Crops ofName Khasra nos. under of Number trees cutting 1 Bay T-1 500 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 - Government Banjar 353/2 NIL NIL Government Land Land 2 T-1 T-2 98 450 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 16x16 450 Private Banjar 352/1 NIL NIL Sh. Shubash Chand etc. Land 3 T-2 T-3 227 380 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 312 Government Banjar 350/1 26 NIL Government Land Land 4 T-3 T-4 182 150 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 671 Private Banjar 315/3/1 7 NIL Sh Birsain etc. Land 5 T-4 T-5 322 200 Kutno Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 696 Government Banjar 1/3 NIL NIL Government Land Land 6 T-5 T-6 339 600 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 532 Government Banjar 508/2 4 NIL Government Land Land 7 T-6 T-7 325 800 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 1178 Government Banjar 716/784/654/622/512/1 10 NIL Government Land Land 8 T-7 T-8 80 800 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 767 Government Banjar 216/3 24 NIL Government Land Land 9 T-8 T-9 464 1000 Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 18x18 1728 Government Banjar 216/4 34 NIL Government Forest Land 10 T-9 T-10 194 1200 Tapri Nichar Kinnaur 1 18x18 1008 Government Banjar 216/5 4 NIL Government Forest Land 11 T-10 T-11 404 600 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 752 Government Banjar 951/2 4 NIL Government Land Land 12 T-11 T-12 244 500 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 3117 Government Banjar 950/3 17 NIL Government Land Land 13 T-12 T-13 578 400 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 196 Government Banjar 1060/1123/949/2 Nil NIL Government Land Land 14 T-13 T-14 255 300 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1008 Private Uncultivated 1061/1123/949/2 Nil NIL Sh Malwar Etc. Land 15 T-14 T-15 458 200 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1672 Private Uncultivated 950/3 Nil NIL Sh Sukh Chand Land 16 T-15 T-16 106 200 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 824 Government Banjar 1061/232/4 Nil NIL Government Land Land 17 T-16 T-17 75 300 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1275 Government Banjar 1061/232/5 Nil NIL Government Land Land 18 T-17 T-18 157 350 Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 366 Government Banjar 1061/232/5 Nil NIL Government Land Land 19 T-18 T-19 555 400 Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1308 Private Uncultivated 1022/454/2 Nil NIL Sh Rakesh Kumar etc. Land

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 106

Sno. Angle Point/Tower Number

From To Name of Tehsil of Tehsil Name District ofName Towers of Nos. Area tower of m²) (in AreaROW the m²) (in under landOwnership of (private, Government Forest) Crops ofName Khasra nos. under ofNumber trees cutting Nos. of Household affected in Owner Land the of Name private (Ending land case of Tower) Distancetwo between towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village(i m) Villages of Name 20 T-19 T-20 578 400 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 467 Government Banjar 1022/454/3 Nil NIL Government Land Land 21 T-20 T-21 268 500 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 2050 Government Banjar 181/1/2 Nil NIL Government Land Land 22 T-21 T-22 102 400 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 1005 Government Banjar 485/2 Nil NIL Government Land Land 23 T-22 T-23 542 600 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 434 Government Banjar 485/3 Nil NIL Government Land Land 24 T-23 T-24 354 750 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 3100 Government Banjar 485/3 Nil NIL Government Land Land 25 T-24 T-25 623 1100 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 2860 Government Banjar 10/20 1 NIL Government Land Land 26 T-25 T-26 228 1200 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1300 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 27 T-26 T-27 385 1400 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 1820 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 28 T-27 T-28 368 1600 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 2220 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 29 T-28 T-29 122 1700 Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 900 Government Banjar 10/20 3 NIL Government Land Land 30 T-29 T-30 164 1800 Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1010 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 31 T-30 T-31 697 1900 Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 3100 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 32 T-31 T-32 276 2000 Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1500 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 33 T-32 T-33 143 2050 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 980 Government Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 34 T-33 T-34 182 2200 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X14 1140 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 35 T-34 T-35 959 1200 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 5010 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 36 T-35 T-36 239 800 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 1340 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 37 T-36 T-37 237 700 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 1350 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 38 T-37 T-38 340 650 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 1810 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 39 T-38 T-39 197 700 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X16 1210 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 40 T-39 T-40 572 800 No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 18X18 1550 Government - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Land 41 T-40 T-41 466 650 Wangtoo Nichar Kinnaur 1 18X18 Susbstation - Nil NIL Government Land Land

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 107

Sno. Angle Point/Tower Number

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects T2 - 220 kV single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kV Lahal substation upto 220 kV yard of Budhil HEP. SNo Angle Point/Tower Number From To ) pproximate Distance pproximate Distance reatower of (m²) (in rea under the ROW No. of affected Household of theName Land Owner of case in (starting land private tower) of theName Land Owner of case in (Ending land private Tower) Distance two between angle points A of transmission line from(K village nearby m Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Towers of No. A m²) A (in m²) m²) (in Ownership of land Government (private, Forest) Use Land of Name of Crops treesNumber of under cutting 1 Gantry T-1 60 1.5 Khani Bharmour Chamba Gantry Gantry 2100 Private land Budhil Hydro Barren - Nil Budhil Budhil At Project. Hydro Hydro Budhil Project. Project. End 2 T-1 T-2 56 1.45 Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 1960 Private land J.S.W.Ltd. Barren 0 Nil J.S.W.Ltd. - 3 T-2 T-3 367 1.4 Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 12845 Private land Forest Deptt. Barren 07 Nil - - 4 T-3 T-4 346 1.1 Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 1210 Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 12 Nil - - 5 T-4 T-5 200 1.1 Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 7000 Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 08 Nil - - 6 T-5 T-6 267 0.8 Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 9345 Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 12 Nil - - 7 T-6 T-7 262 1.0 Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 9170 Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 10 Nil - - 8 T-7 T-8 287 0..9 Lahal Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 10045 Forest land Forest Deptt. Maize 06 Nil HPPTCL HPPTCL 9 T-8 Gantry 50 0.5 Lahal Bharmour Chamba 01 15X15 1750 Forest land Forest Deptt. Maize Nil HPPTCL HPPTCL T3 - 132 kV S/C transmission line from 33/132 kV GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kV Kurthala substation ROUTE SURVEY WORK UNDERWAY BY HPPTCL# S Angle Point/Tower no. Number

From To Nos. of affected Household Name Owner Land the of inland case of private (Ending Tower) Distancetwo between towers/angle points Approximate Distance of from line transmission nearby(i m) village Villages of Name Name Tehsil of NameDistrict of Nos. of Towers Area of towerm²) (in (in ROW the under Area m²) land of Ownership (private, Government Forest) Name ofCrops Khasra nos. under ofNumber trees cutting

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 108

S Angle Point/Tower no. Number

From To Distancetwo between towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from m) (i nearby village Villages ofName ofName Tehsil District ofName Nos. of Towers Area tower of m²) (in Area the ROW (in under m²) land Ownership of (private, Government Forest) Crops ofName Khasra nos. under ofNumber trees cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the LandOwner inland case of private (Ending Tower)

# For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

T4- 132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line (DETAILED SURVEY UNDERWAY#) S no. Angle Point/Tower Number From To Nos. of affected Household Owner Land of the Name land ofin private case (Ending Tower) SC/ST/ affected of nos. Tribal households(if Any) Distance betweentwo km in points towers/angle Approximate Distanceof transmissionline from Approx (km) village nearby Villages of Name of Tehsil Name District of Name Nos. of Towers m²) tower(in of Area ROW theArea under land(private,Ownership of Government Forest) land ofUse Crops of Name trees of Number undercutting 1 0 T1 0 - Chambi Shahpur Kangra 1 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL Detailed NIL NA NIL Land. survey 2 T1 T11 3 1 Mundla Shahpur Kangra 10 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL underway. NIL NA NIL Land. 3 T11 T21 3 1 Meharna Shahpur Kangra 11 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL Land. 4 T21 T 37 5 Uninhabit Darba Kangra Kangra 16 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL ed Land. Village. 5 T37 T 44 2 1 Shamirpur Khas Kangra Kangra 7 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL Land. 6 T 44 T47 1 1 Shamirpur Chakuuan Kangra Kangra 3 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL Land. 7 T 47 T 58 3 0.25 LILO point at New Kangra Kangra 10 12X12 27m Forest/Government Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL Kangra. Land. # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 109

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects

T5 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from 220/132 kV GIS PS Sunda to 220 kV switching station Hatkoti SN Angle o Point/Tower numbers FRO TO M Name of land Owner Ownerland ofName Name of Tehsil District ofName Nos. of Towers Area of towerm²) (in ROW theArea under (in m²) Ownershipland of (private, Forest) Government ofUse Land Crops ofName no. Khasra Number of trees under cutting Distance between two tower/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Villages of Name 1 BAY T- 1 500 Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1125 Nil Sh.Gopi Chand 2 T-1 T-2 172 550 Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1179 Nil Sh.Mehender 3 T-2 T-3 609 200 Peja Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1411 2 Sh.Lakhi Ram 4 T-3 T-4 480 400 Peja Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1327 Nil Sh. Shiv Ram 5 T-4 T-5 442 370 Peja Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 946 Nil Sh.Neg Pati 6 T-5 T-6 482 350 Masli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1218 Nil Hajari Nand 7 T-6 T-7 511 250 Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 10 4 Government Land 8 226 300 Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 10 Nil Government Land T-7 T-8 Land 9 318 250 Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 1629/73 Nil Government Land T-8 T-9 Land 10 293 450 Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 1629/73 5 Government Land T-9 T-10 Land 11 451 600 Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 2278 Nil Government Land T-10 T-11 Land 12 133 450 Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 2397 Nil Dharm Singh T-11 T-12 Land 13 T-12 T-13 208 550 Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 2278 Nil Sh.Dharm Sain 14 323 490 Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 2394 Nil Government Land T-13 T-14 Land 15 121 330 Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 2343 Nil Government Land T-14 T-15 Land 16 T-15 T-16 89 440 Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) Nil 17 T-16 T-17 565 110 Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 4 Nil 18 T-17 T-18 129 200 Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 566 Nil Nil 19 T-18 T-19 104 350 Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 560 Nil Nil 20 T-19 T-20 222 500 Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Orchard 569 Nil Nil 21 321 520 Kulgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 2510 8 GovernmentLand T-20 T-21 Land 22 458 560 Kulgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 2398 Nil GovernmentLand T-21 T-22 Land 23 332 500 Kulgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - Nil Nil T-22 T-23 Land 24 T-23 T-24 322 420 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land - - 1951 Nil Sh.Lachminand 25 T-24 T-25 511 460 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land - - 1930 6 Sh.Nejamdeen 26 T-25 T26 256 200 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land - - 1923 Nil GovernmentLand 27 335 160 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 1216 Nil Government Land T-26 T-27 Land 28 T-27 T-28 647 280 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 981 Nil Smt Thakri Daasi 29 T-28 T-29 94 380 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 993/94 Nil Thakuli 30 T-29 T-30 172 560 Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 1014 Nil Kalmi Nand

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 110

SN Angle o Point/Tower numbers FRO TO M Distance between tower/angle two points Approximate Distance of transmission line from village nearby (i m) Villages of Name Name Tehsil of District of Name Nos. of Towers Area of towerm²) (in ROW the under Area m²) (in land of Ownership (private, Government Forest) Use of Land Crops Name of Khasra no. Number of trees under cutting Owner land of Name Land 31 584 500 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 1200 Nil Rajender T-30 T-31 Land 32 179 490 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 1200 Nil Rajender T-31 T-32 Land 33 224 400 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 931 Nil Rafik T-32 T-33 Land 34 271 300 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 926 Nil Safi Mohamand T-33 T-34 Land 35 285 280 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 926 Nil Safi Mohamand T-34 T-35 Land 36 T-35 T-36 528 100 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 703 Nil Ram Dutt 37 T-36 T-37 194 170 Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 712 Nil Kanah Singh 38 T-37 T-38 458 60 Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land - 541 Nil Narad Singh 39 T-38 T-39 203 200 Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 422 8 Kanah Singh 40 T-39 T-40 152 250 Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 507 Nil Mandir Thakur Land 41 T-40 T-41 285 260 Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - 449 Nil Smt.Devi Land 42 T-41 T-42 183 170 Rohru Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 772 6 Sh.Pamananad 43 T-42 T-43 220 60 Rohru Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 10 44 T-43 T-44 117 50 Rohru Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 945/860/1 5 Smt. Bhadri Devi 45 T-44 T-45 540 260 Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 7 Nil (Pauli 46 T-45 T-46 192 210 Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land - Nil Nil 47 T-46 T-47 206 40 Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Orchard 6 5 Raj Kumar 48 T-47 T-48 436 40 Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Orchard 229 Nil Kalsu 49 T-48 T-49 555 400 Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- Orchard Land 50 T-49 T-50 250 450 Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Nil Nil 51 T-50 T-51 127 430 Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - Nil Nil Land 52 T-51 T-52 297 470 Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - Nil Nil Land 53 T-52 T-53 247 390 Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - Nil Nil Land 54 T-53 T-54 831 500 Ukli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - 429 10 Sh.Bela Ram Land 55 T-54 T-55 470 50 Parasa Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (apple) - 429 8 Sh.Bela Ram 56 T-55 T-56 419 265 Ukli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - 431 2 Sh.Bela Ram Land 57 T-56 T-57 299 400 Ukli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - 446 3 Sh. Kushal Land 58 T-57 T-58 512 120 Dhara Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - 615 3 Government Land Land 59 T-58 T-59 349 200 Dhara Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- - 646 2 Sh.Amru

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 111

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 112

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP

S Angle r N Point/Tower o Number From To Distancetwo between angle points Approximate Distance of transmissionfrom line nearby(i m) village Villages of Name Name of Tehsil District of Name Nos. ofTowers Area of towerHect) (in AreaROW (in the under Hect) land of Ownership (private, Government Forest) Use of Land Crops of Name ofNumber trees under cutting affected Nos. of Household NameOwne Land of the Khasara Nos. 1. 0 1 72 150 Palchan Manali Kullu 2 0.00.08 0.10.14 Government Forest Nil 20 Nil -- 2. 1 2 92 200 --do-- --d-- -do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.30 Government Forest Nil 20 Nil -- 3. 2 3 77 250 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.54 Government Road Nil Nil -- 0.01.26 Private Banjar Nil Nil 0.0480 Total 4. 3 4 40 270 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.04.20 Government Forest Nil 20 Nil - 0.00.32 Private Banjar Nil Nil 0.04.52 Total 5. 4 5 71 330 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.71 Government Forest Nil 10 Nil -- 6. 5 6 176 400 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.10.47 Government Forest Nil 20 Nil 7. 6 7 150 500 Barua --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.10.78 Government Forest Nil 20 Nil 8. 7 8 186 620 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.24 Government Forest Nil 10 0.07.34 Private Bagicha Apple 25 0.14.58 Total 9. 8 9 244 700 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.28.60 Government Forest Nil 20

10. 9 10 76 765 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.01.00 Private Bagicha Apple 20 Sh. Dalatu etc. 422/2 11. 10 11 177 250 Kulang --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.92 Private Bagicha Apple 20 Sh. Ludar Chand etc. 445/2 12. 11 12 242 300 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.13.16 Government Forest 30 0.06.93 Private Banjar 0.20.09 Total 13. 12 13 288 600 Bhang --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.20.46 Government Forest 35 14. 13 14 101 500 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.16.28 Government Forest Nil 30 15. 14 15 171 550 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.27.48 Government Forest Nil 30 16. 15 16 67 480 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.10.84 Government Forest Nil 20 17. 16 17 110 500 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.40 Government Forest Nil 15 18. 17 18 77 500 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.40 Government Forest Nil 30 19. 18 19 110 400 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.16.45 Government Forest Nil 15 20. 19 20 179 380 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.11.11 Government Forest Nil 15 21. 20 21 202 350 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.27.65 Government Forest Nil 50 22. 21 22 134 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.40 0.05.02 Government Forest Nil 10 23. 22 23 84 220 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.05 Government Forest Nil 4 24. 23 24 258 280 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.04.29 Government Forest Nil 20 0.03.37 Private Bagicha Apple 18 0.07.66 Total 25. 24 25 85 300 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.15.97 Government Forest Nil 35 26. 25 26 92 500 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.15.74 Government Forest Nil 30 27. 26 27 57 600 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.04.76 Government Forest Nil 30 28. 27 28 78 700 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.06.04 Government Forest Nil 22 29. 28 29 205 800 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.15.31 Government Forest Nil 60 30. 29 30 87 820 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.12 Government Forest Nil 20 31. 30 31 250 700 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.14.64 Government Forest Nil 40

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 113

S Angle N Point/Tower o Number From To Name of Tehsil of Tehsil Name District of Name Towers Nos. of Area of towerHect) (in ROW (in theArea under Hect) landOwnership of Government (private, Forest) of Land Use Crops of Name of trees under Number cutting affected Nos. of Household Owner Land of the Name Khasara Nos. Distance between two two between Distance points angle DistanceApproximate of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Villages of Name 32. 31 32 156 720 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.12.18 Government Forest Nil 35 33. 32 32 145 1100 Vashisht --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.11.80 Government Forest Nil 25 A 34. 32 A 33 241 1150 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.29.88 Government Forest Nil 50 35. 33 34 55 1175 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.04.24 Government Forest Nil 20 36. 34 34 174 1110 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.13.96 Government Forest Nil 30 A 37. 34A 35 244 900 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.09.84 Government Forest Nil 50 38. 35 36 175 850 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.09.72 Government Forest Nil 60 39. 36 37 223 710 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.13.40 Government Forest Nil 80 40. 37 38 115 700 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.27.88 Government Forest Nil 50 41. 38 39 146 695 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.20.60 Government Forest Nil 40 42. 39 40 157 650 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.12.72 Government Forest Nil 20 43. 40 41 208 600 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.12.08 Government Forest Nil 20 44. 41 42 282 700 Khosala --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.21.00 Government Forest Nil 30 45. 42 43 73 650 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.22.76 Government Forest Nil 32 46. 43 44 93 610 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.96 Government Forest Nil 20 47. 44 45 71 600 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.13.68 Government Forest Nil 35 48. 45 46 75 650 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.06.31 Government Forest Nil 18 49. 46 47 171 600 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.00 Government Forest Nil 28 50. 47 48 86 550 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.32 Government Forest Nil 22 51. 48 49 137 475 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.05 Government Forest Nil 35 52. 49 50 68 450 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.10.94 Government Forest Nil 10 Sh. Anup Ram 1183/2 0.07.74 Private Bagicha Apple 15 0.18.68 Total 53. 50 50 173 460 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.01.50 Government Forest Nil 15 A 0.05.12 Private Bagicha Apple 20 0.06.62 Total 54. 50A 51 131 400 Dharaun --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.18.59 Government Forest Nil 25 u 55. 51 52 129 350 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.16.17 Government Forest Nil 25 56. 52 53 106 325 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.54 Government Forest Nil 20 57. 53 54 69 300 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.06.24 Government Forest Nil 18 58. 54 55 139 310 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.11.58 Government Forest Nil 25 0.01.73 Private Bagicha Apple 10 0.13.61 Total 59. 55 56 98 275 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.38 Government Forest Nil 22 0.00.42 Private Bagicha Apple 5 0.07.80 Total 60. 56 57 177 250 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.00.70 Government Forest Nil 5 0.13.02 Private Bagicha Apple 30 0.13.72 61. 57 58 141 225 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.39 Government Forest Nil 10 Sh. Urgyan Tandoop 519/2 0.06.14 Private Bagicha Apple 30 0.09.53

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 114

S Angle N Point/Tower o Number From To Name of Tehsil of Tehsil Name District of Name Towers Nos. of Area of towerHect) (in ROW (in theArea under Hect) landOwnership of Government (private, Forest) of Land Use Crops of Name of trees under Number cutting affected Nos. of Household Owner Land of the Name Khasara Nos. Distance between two two between Distance points angle DistanceApproximate of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Villages of Name 62. 58 59 73 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.70 Government Forest Nil 20 . 63. 59 60 105 195 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.06.53 Government Forest Nil 12 0.01.20 Private Bagicha Apple 10 0.07.73 64. 60 61 83 175 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.08.37 Government Forest Nil 42 65. 61 62 154 200 Chachog --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.08.24 Government Forest Nil 32 ShMahinder Pal Etc 11/2 a 0.00.09 Private Bagicha Apple 2 66. 62 63 110 180 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.78 Government Forest Nil 30 Sh. Jog Dhayan. 38/2 0.07.04 Private Bagicha Apple 25 0.10.82 67. 63 64 83 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.28 Government Forest Nil 20 68. 64 65 26 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.02.36 Government Forest Nil 15 69. 65 66 200 150 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.11.88 Government Forest Nil 40 Sh. Chhetan Ringjin 903/2 0.00.88 Private Bagicha Apple 10 0.12.76 Total 70. 66 67 106 210 Aleo --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.08.00 Government Forest Nil 20 71. 67 68 123 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.09.92 Government Forest Nil 30 72. 68 69 78 250 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.44 Government Forest Nil 15 73. 69 70 100 220 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.12.92 Government Forest Nil 15 74. 70 71 58 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.14.64 Government Forest Nil 30 75. 71 72 158 210 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.13.06 Government Forest Nil 15 76. 72 73 99 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.10.52 Government Forest Nil 30 77. 73 74 88 175 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.06.79 Government Forest Nil 22 78. 74 75 99 190 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.07.47 Government Forest Nil 18 79. 75 76 136 170 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.17.73 Government Forest Nil 18 Roshan Lal etc. 1565/1/ 0.01.43 Private Bagicha apple 10 1 0.19.16 80. 76 77 72 160 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.56 Government Forest Nil 12 81. 77 78 57 155 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.78 Government Forest Nil 12 Sh. Tassi Daba Etc. 1583/2 0.01.73 Private Bagicha Apple 10 0.05.51 Total 82. 78 79 137 160 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.05.44 Government Forest Nil 20 0.07.00 Private Bagicha Apple 20 0.12.44 Total 83. 79 80 185 200 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.16.71 Government Forest Nil 32 84. 80 81 40 210 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.04.52 Government Forest Nil 10 85. 81 82 39 220 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.01.48 Government Forest Nil 12 86. 82 83 119 250 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.10.16 Government Forest Nil 22 87. 83 84 110 300 --do-- --do-- --do-- 1 0.00.04 0.03.84 Government Forest Nil 15

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 115

T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor ROUTE SURVEY WORK UNDERWAY BY HPPTCL# Sno Angle Point/Tower . Number

From To Nos. of affected tribal (ifhouseholds Any) Name of Villages Villages of Name of Tehsil Name District ofName Nos. of Towers Area tower of m²) (in ROW (in Area the under m²) Ownershipland of (private, Government Forest) Crops ofName Khasra nos. under ofNumber trees cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the LandOwner in case of privateland (Ending Tower) Distancetwo between towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village(i m)

T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL ROUTE SURVEY UNDER WAY BY HPPTCL# S Angle Point/Tower no. Number

From To Nos. of affected Household Owner Land of the Name land ofin private case (Ending Tower) Nos. of affected tribal (if households Any) Distancetwo between towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Villages of Name of Tehsil Name of DistrictName Nos. of Towers m²)Area of tower (in ROW (in theArea under m²) Ownershipland of (private, Government Forest) of Crops Name nos. Khasra under trees of Number cutting

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 116

Annexure 5 Environment Management Plan (EMP)

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE A Physical Resources Equipment Release of chemicals and PCBs, Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Transformers and other Exclusion of PCBs, HPPTCL Detailed specifications harmful gases in including halons not used in transformers, equipment CFCs stated in design and design receptors (air, water, or any other equipment. specifications tender documents - parameters land) compliant with GoI Once. rules/regulations & (International Electro- technical Commission) IEC standards B Environment Resources Location of land Impact to the existing Construction facilities should be placed at Water and Air Quality Air quality HPPTCL Detailed for environment suitable distance from water bodies, natural Standards and design substations/tran flow paths, important ecological habitats Water Quality smission towers and residential areas standards – Once Substation Noise generation Substation location/designed to ensure Expected noise Noise control HPPTCL Detailed location and Exposure to noise, noise will not be a nuisance to emissions based on regulations design design Nuisance to neighbouring neighbouring properties. substation design, Noise levels to be properties noise levels specified in tender documents-Once Location of Impact on water bodies / Consideration of site location to avoid water Site location, Consultation with HPPTCL Part of transmission land/ residences bodies or agricultural land/orchards as transmission line local authorities and detailed towers and much as possible. alignment selection land owners, water project siting transmission (distance to dwelling, quality standards- and survey line alignment Careful site selection to avoid existing water and/or Once and design and design settlements agricultural land) Interference Temporary flooding Appropriate siting of towers to avoid Site location and Consultation with HPPTCL Detailed with drainage hazards/loss of channel interference transmission line local authorities and alignment patterns/Irrigati agricultural production alignment selection design engineers – survey and on channels Once design C Ecological Resources Encroachment Loss of precious Avoid encroachment by careful site and Floral and faunal Enumeration of flora ESC of Detailed into precious ecological values/ alignment selection and reconnaissance habitats loss and fauna at site - HPPTCL design ecological damage to precious before final siting of facilities. Once areas species Cutting of Trees Loss of trees along the The number of trees can be minimised by Trees loss Tree Enumeration ESC of Detailed RoW using flexible tower placement, conductor by EPC and forest HPPTCL Design and heightening, and selecting hilltop to hilltop department-Once Planning route stage IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 117

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule D Human Environment Involuntary Loss of lands and Compensation paid for temporary/ Public complaints Rates paid as per ESC of Prior to resettlement or structures permanent loss of productive land the Resettlement HPPTCL construction land acquisition plan/Frame work for phase the project – Once Encroachment Loss of agricultural Avoid siting towers on farmland/orchards Tower location and Consultation with ESC of Part of into farmland productivity wherever possible transmission line local authorities and HPPTCL detailed alignment selection design engineers - alignment Statutory approvals for Once survey and tree trimming /removal design from Horticulture department Farmers compensated for any permanent loss of productive fruit trees that need to be Implementation of crop trimmed or removed along RoW. and tree compensation (based on affected area) Location and Disturbance to adjacent Maintain adequate clearance, construction Transformers and Technical HPPTCL Detailed design of lands and the people due of retaining structures, minimise cut and fill specifications and specification- Once design Substation to cut and fill operations operations adjoining the dwellings compliance with Measure setback setback distances (“as- distances to nearest built” diagrams) house structures – Once Location of Exposure to Electro- Setback of dwellings to overhead line route Tower location and Setback distances HPPTCL Part of tower transmission magnetic Frequency designed in accordance with Indian transmission line to nearest houses, siting survey towers and (EMF) and other safety Electricity Act (Rule 77 & 80) for each alignment selection clearance of and detailed transmission related risks permitted level of power frequency and its with respect to nearest conductor from alignment line alignment proper supervision at each tower site. dwellings – Once ground – survey and and design Once design Explosions/Fire Hazards to life Design of substations to include modern Substation design Tender document to HPPTCL Part of fire control systems/firewalls. compliance with fire mention detailed detailed prevention and control specifications – substation Provision of fire fighting equipment to be codes Once layout and located close to transformers, switchgear design /drawings CONSTRUCTION PHASE A Physical Resources Site clearance Soil erosion and surface Construction near seasonal rivers, erosion Soil erosion Visual inspection Contractor Construction runoff and flood-prone areas should be restricted (Turbidity and through contract period to the non-rainy season. sedimentation) – provisions Provision and maintenance of drains and Once under

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 118

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule retention ponds. supervision of Treat clearing and filling areas against flow HPPTCL acceleration and construction work should be carefully designed to minimise obstruction or destruction to natural drainage. Removal of Public inconvenience Advance notice to the public about the time Disruption to other Technical HPPTCL and Throughout disturbance to and the duration of the utility disruption. commercial and public specification – per Contractor construction public utility activities/public public complaint – through contract period services-Water Use of well trained and experienced complaints Once each time provisions supply, machinery operators to reduce accidental sanitation damage to the public utilities - pipelines

Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience Equipment SF6 leakage during Record of all substation switchgear, Switchgear casings As per (International HPPTCL, Throughout layout and storage and erection of cylinders located within secure casings and substation Electro-technical Contractor construction/er installation Switchgear bounded area. Commission) IEC through contract ection period standards - Once provisions per year Surplus Runoff to cause water Excess fill from tower foundation Location and amount Appropriate fill Contractor Construction earthwork/soil pollution, solid waste excavation to be reused on site or disposed (m3) of fill disposal disposal and through contract period disposal of next to roads or around houses, in Soil disposal locations dispersal locations - provisions agreement with the local community or and volume (m3) Quarterly under landowners. supervision of HPPTCL B Environment Resources Equipment Noise and vibrations Selection of construction techniques and Construction Minimal ground Contractor Construction layout and machinery to minimise ground disturbance. techniques and disturbance - through contract period installation machinery Monthly provisions under supervision of ESC, HPPTCL Substation Loss of soil Cutting and filling for the substation Borrow area siting CPCB norms - Contractor Construction construction foundations obtained by creating or (area of site in m2 and Quarterly through contract period improving local drainage system. estimated volume in provisions m3) under supervision of ESC, HPPTCL Water pollution Minimize construction activities involving Water Quality (pH, GoI water quality Contractor Construction significant ground disturbance (i.e. BOD/COD, suspended standards – Once through contract period substation land forming) during the solids, other) during prior to start of provisions

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 119

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule monsoon season. Provide drains and major earthworks construction under retention ponds if required. activities supervision of ESC, HPPTCL Provision of Contamination of Construction workforce facilities to include Amenities for Presence of proper Contractor Construction facilities for receptors (land, water, proper sanitation, water supply and waste Workforce. sanitation, water through contract period construction air) disposal facilities. supply and waste provisions workers disposal facilities - under Once supervision of HPPTCL Mechanised Noise, vibration and Construction equipment to be well Construction Technical Contractor Construction construction operator safety, efficient maintained. techniques and specifications, through contract period operation equipment - estimated safety regulations, provisions noise emissions and Noise control under Noise, vibration, Construction techniques and Machinery operating schedules regulations - supervision of equipment wear and tear selection to minimize ground disturbance. Quarterly HPPTCL Proper maintenance and turning off plant not in use. Construction of Increase in airborne dust Existing roads and tracks used for Access roads, routes Use of established Contractor Construction roads for particles construction and maintenance access to (length and width of roads wherever through contract period accessibility to the site wherever possible. access roads) possible provisions substations Increased land Access restricted to under requirement for New access ways restricted to a minimum a minimum of single supervision of temporary accessibility of single carriageway width. carriageway width- HPPTCL Once C Ecological Resources Site clearance Vegetation Marking of vegetation to be removed prior Vegetation marking Clearance strictly Contractor Construction to clearance, and strict control on clearing and clearance control limited to target through contract period activities to ensure minimal clearance. (area in m2) vegetation-Once provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Trimming/cuttin Loss of vegetation and Trees that can survive cutting should be Species-specific tree Presence of target HPPTCL, Construction g of trees within deforestation pruned. retention as approved species in RoW Contractor period RoW by statutory authorities following vegetation through contract Felled trees and other cleared or pruned (average and maximum clearance – Once. provisions vegetation to be disposed off by authorised tree height at maturity, under agents/forest department. in metres) supervision of forest Disposal of cleared department vegetation as approved by the statutory authorities (area

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 120

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule cleared in m2) Wood/ Loss of vegetation and Construction workers prohibited from Illegal wood/vegetation Complaints by local HPPTCL, Construction vegetation deforestation harvesting wood in the project area during harvesting (area in m2, people or other Contractor period harvesting, their employment. number of incidents evidence of illegal through contract cut and fill reported) harvesting – Once provisions. operations Effect on fauna Prevent work force from disturbing the Habitat loss Complaints by local Construction flora, fauna including hunting of animals people or other period and fishing in water bodies. evidence of illegal hunting - Once Proper awareness programme regarding conservation of flora, fauna including ground vegetation to all workers. D Human Environment Construction Noise nuisance to Minimize construction activities undertaken Timing of construction Construction as per HPPTCL, Construction schedules for neighbouring properties during the night and local communities (noise emissions, dBA) Scheduled timings Contractor period substation informed of the construction schedule. only through contract provisions Acquisition of Loss of agricultural Avoid faming/harvesting season for field Land area of Loss of crops-work HPPTCL, Throughout cultivable lands productivity crops wherever possible for the project agriculture loss in post harvest Contractor construction activities. period but before through contract period Usage of existing next crop – Once provisions Ensure existing irrigation facilities are utilities per site maintained in working condition Status of facilities Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after (earthwork in m3) construction completed Implementation of crop Repair /reinstate damaged bunds etc. after compensation (amount construction completed paid, dates, etc.)

Compensation for temporary loss in agricultural production Temporary use Losses to neighbouring Contract clauses specifying careful Contract clauses Incorporating good Contractor Construction of land land uses/ values construction practices. Design basis and construction through contract period layout. management, provisions As much as possible existing access ways Reinstatement of land design engineering under will be used. status (area affected, practices - Once. supervision of m2). Consultation with HPPTCL Productive land will be reinstated following Implementation of affected parties completion of construction Tree/Crop immediately after compensation (amount completion of Compensation will be paid for loss of paid). construction and

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 121

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule production, if any. after the first harvest – Once. Transportation Nuisance to the general Transport loading and unloading of Water and Air Quality CPCB Emission Contractor Construction and storage of public construction materials should no cause standards and through contract period materials nuisance to the people by way of noise, Water Quality provisions vibration and dust standards - under Quarterly supervision of Avoid storage of construction materials HPPTCL beside the road, around water bodies, residential or public sensitive locations

Construction materials should be stored in covered areas to ensure protection from dust, emissions and such materials should be bundled in environment friendly and nuisance free manner Temporary Loss of power supply to Advance notice to the public about the time Disruption of power Regular monitoring Contractor Throughout outage of the the local community and the duration of the utility disruption supply to houses and during the period of through contract the electricity when distribution lines commercial premises. construction - At provisions construction crossing the new Restore the utilities immediately to each public under period transmission line are overcome public inconvenience complaint. supervision of switched off HPPTCL, Health and Injury and sickness of Contract provisions specifying minimum Contract clauses HPPTCL and ADB Contractor Construction safety workers and members of requirements for construction camps (number of incidents Health and safety through contract period the public and total lost-work days standards - provisions Contractor to prepare and implement a caused by injuries and Monthly under health and safety plan and provide workers sickness) supervision of with required PPE. HPPTCL

Contractor to arrange for health and safety awareness programmes including on AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases (STD). Capacity Improve standards of Training of HPPTCL staff Training schedules Number of training HPPTCL- ESC Construction Building implementation and program - period monitoring Yearly OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PHASE A Physical Resources Operation of Leakage of SF6 gas Record of all substation switchgear located Switchgear casings Ozone Depleting HPPTCL Throughout Switchgear within secure casings and substation substances – the operation boundary Monthly B Environmental Resources

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 122

Project Potential Mitigation Action Parameters to be Standards/ Institutional Implementat Activity Environmental Impact Monitored Measurement/ Responsibility ion Frequency Schedule Soil Erosion at Removal of top soil Planting of buffer zone species suitable for Turbidity of water Visual inspection HPPTCL Throughout tower base of hilly terrain (Visual Inspection) (Turbidity and the operations transmission sedimentation)- line Quarterly Oil spillage Contamination of Substation transformers located within Substation bounding Hazardous Waste HPPTCL Throughout land/nearby water bodies secure and impervious bundled areas with (“as-built” diagrams) (Management, the operation a storage capacity of at least 100% of the handling, Trans- capacity of oil in transformers and boundary associated reserve tanks. Movement) Rules 2009 - Monthly C Ecological Recourses Trimming/cuttin Fire hazards Trees allowed growing up to a height within Species-specific tree Presence of target HPPTCL, with Construction g of trees within the RoW by maintaining adequate retention as approved species in RoW forest period RoW clearance between the top of tree and the by statutory authorities following vegetation department conductor as per the regulations. Regular (average and maximum clearance) - pruning is required. tree height at maturity, Quarterly. in metres D Human Environment Maintenance of Exposure to Transmission line design to comply with the Required ground Ground clearance, HPPTCL Throughout Transmission electromagnetic limits of electromagnetic interference from clearance (metres). standards on EMF – the operations line interference overhead power lines Annual Substation Exposure to Substation design to comply with the limits Required noise Technical HPPTCL Throughout maintenance electromagnetic of electromagnetic interference within floor vibrations levels specifications – on the operations interference area public complaint Noise Nuisance to the Provision of noise barriers near substation Noise level Noise level (dbA)- HPPTCL Throughout generation community around the sites Once a year the operations site Electric shock Death or injury to the Security fences around substation Proper maintenance of Periodic HPPTCL Throughout workers and public Establishment of warning signs fences and sign boards maintenance the operations

Careful design using appropriate Usage of appropriate Number of technologies to minimise hazards technologies (lost work programmes and days due to illness and percent of staff/ injuries) workers covered Training for Raising awareness for Training of HPPTCL personnel. Training schedules Number of training HPPTCL-ESC Operations Electric safety electrical safety program - measures Yearly

ESC –Environment & Social Cell of HPPTCL

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 123

Annexure 6 Measurement of Environmental Parameters & Periodicity Environment Project stage Parameters to be Location Frequen Standards Rate (Rs.) Implementation Supervision al monitored cy component

1.Air Quality A. Pre- PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Inside and One time National Air quality Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ construction NOx, SPM, CO outside (0.5 km) standards of CPCB Rs. 15,000 CPCB approved PMU stage (The along with of the proposed laboratory project once Meteorological data- substation assigned to temperature contractor) Humidity, wind speed, wind direction B. Construction PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Inside and Two National Air quality Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ Stage NOx, SPM, CO outside (0.5 km) times standards of CPCB Rs. 15,000 CPCB approved PMU along with of the proposed laboratory Meteorological data- substation temperature Humidity, wind speed, wind direction C. Operation PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Inside and One time National Air quality Per sample Contractor by PMU Stage NOx, SPM, CO outside (0.5 km) standards of CPCB Rs. 15,000 CPCB approved along with of the proposed laboratory Meteorological data- substation temperature Humidity, wind speed, wind direction 2.Water A. Pre- EC, TSS, DO, BOD, Nearest One time National water Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ Quality construction PH Oil and grease, downstream quality standards of Rs. 1,500 CPCB approved PMU stage (The Pb, spring/handpum CPCB laboratory project once p wells (2 wells) assigned to around the contractor) substation B. Construction EC, TSS, DO, BOD, Nearest Three National water Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ Stage PH, Oil and grease, downstream times/yea quality standards of Rs. 1,500 CPCB approved PMU Pb spring/handpum r CPCB laboratory p wells (2 wells) around the substation C. Operation EC, TSS, DO, BOD, Nearest Yearly National water Per sample Contractor by PMU Stage PH Oil and grease, downstream quality standards of Rs. 1,500 CPCB approved Pb spring/handpum CPCB laboratory p wells (2 wells) around the IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 124

Environment Project stage Parameters to be Location Frequen Standards Rate (Rs.) Implementation Supervision al monitored cy component

substation 3.Noise/ A. Pre- Noise level (dB Inside and A single CPCB standards Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ Vibration construction level) outside (0.25 time for Noise and Rs. 6,000 CPCB approved PMU stage (The km) of the vibrations laboratory project once proposed assigned to substation contractor) B. Construction Noise level (dB Inside and 2 times/ CPCB standards Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ Stage level) outside (0.25 year for Noise and Rs. 6,000 CPCB approved PMU km) of the vibrations laboratory proposed substation C. Operation Noise level (dB Inside and Yearly CPCB standards Per sample Contractor by PMU Stage level) outside (0.25 for Noise and Rs. 6,000 CPCB approved km) of the vibrations laboratory proposed substation

4. Soil A. Pre- PH, Sulfate (SO3 ), Inside and A single Technical Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ construction Chloride, ORP, outside (just time specifications Rs. 1,500 CPCB approved PMU stage (The water Soluble salts close to the laboratory project after EC, Organic Matter, proposed site, 2 assign to Moisture Content locations) of the contractor) proposed substation

B. Construction PH, Sulfate (SO3 ), Inside and Two Technical Per sample Contractor by Contractor/ Stage Chloride, ORP, outside (just times specifications Rs. 1,500 CPCB approved PMU water Soluble salts close to the laboratory EC, Organic Matter, proposed site, 2 Moisture Content locations) of the proposed substation

C. Operation PH, Sulfate (SO3 ), Inside and A single Technical Per sample Contractor by PMU Stage Chloride, ORP, outside (just time specifications Rs. 1,500 CPCB approved water Soluble salts close to the laboratory EC, Organic Matter, proposed site, 2 Moisture Content locations) of the proposed substation ESC –Environment & Social Cell of HPPTCL

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 125

Abbreviations: SO2- -Sulphur Dioxide; NO2- - Nitrogen Dioxide; CO- Carbon Monoxide; EC – Electric Conductivity; Pb – Lead; PM2.5 - Particulate Matter <2.5; PM10 - Particulate Matter <10; TSPM- Total suspended Particulate Matter; EC - Electrical Conductivity; DO - Dissolved Oxygen; TSS - Total Suspended Solids; BOD - Biological Oxygen Demand; NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards; NWQS - National water Quality Standards; HPPTCL – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited; ORP – Oxidation Reduction Potential

Notes: Transport/Accommodation & Sample collection cost, VAT are not included for the EMoP. Source for Rates: MoEF (CPCB) New Delhi, Notification Dated 15 June 2008 Nearest Board’s Laboratory: Central Laboratory, H. P. State Environment Protection & Pollution Control Board, SCF 6, 7, 8, Sector-IV, Parwanoo, District. Solan-173 220, Himachal Pradesh

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 126

Annexure 7 Details of Public Consultations

A7.I. Village wise List of the participants and their occupation are given in Tables A7.1-12 below.

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects Table A7.1 Villages involved in consultation at Subproject T1 - 66 kV double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kV GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation Sl No Village Panchayat Districts Distance from Number of the District Participants Head Quarters 1 Chagaon Chagaon Kinnaur 5 km 6 2 Janakpuri (old Tapri) Chagoan Kinnaur 7 km 11

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHAGAON 1 Mr. Ashok Negi Horticulture 2 Mr. Satya pal Horticulture 3 Mr. Durga Singh Negi Horticulture 4 Mr. Bhagat Negi Government Job 5 Mr. Jiya Lal Negi Horticulture 6 Mr. Shiv Singh Negi Government Job Name of the Village: JANAKPURI (OLD TAPRI) 1 Mr. Chaman Lal Tailor 2 Mr. Dev Chand Carpenter 3 Mr. Dharam Chand Horticulture 4 Mr. Radhey Lal Horticulture 5 Mr. Dharmu Horticulture 6 Mr. Subash Carpenter 7 Mr. Jalhma Horticulture 8 Mrs. Neema Devi Housewife 9 Mrs. Yasoda Housewife 10 Mrs. Sarajani Housewife 11 Mrs. Taramani Housewife

Table A7.2 Consultation at Subproject S1 - 66 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participant District Head s Quarters 1 Urni Urni Kinnaur 3KM 17

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: URNI 1 Mrs. Banwari Horticulture 2 Mr. Roop Singh Horticulture 3 Mr. Saran Dev Horticulture 4 Mr. Sunil Horticulture 5 Mr. Ram Bhagat Horticulture 6 Mr. Shyam sunder Horticulture 7 Mr. Sali Gram Horticulture 8 Mr. Sita Ram Horticulture 9 Mr. Raj Kumar Horticulture 10 Mr. Sanam Horticulture

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 127

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 11 Mr. Sanjeet Horticulture 12 Mr. Parkash Chand Horticulture 13 Mr. Ram Bhagat Horticulture 14 Mr. Chander Singh Horticulture 15 Mr. Santu Ram Horticulture 16 Mr. Mohan singh Horticulture 17 Mr. Birbal Horticulture

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects Table A7.3 Consultation at Subproject S2 - 33/220 kV, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Lahal Khanni Chamba 64 km 14

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: 1 Mr. Babu Ram Ward Member 2 Mr. Barfi Ram Shop Keeper 3 Mr. Gyan Singh Government Job 4 Mr. Madhoo Ram Government Job 5 Mr. Raghu Ram Labour Job 6 Mr. Bharat Ram Labour Job 7 Mr. Jagat Ram Agriculture 8 Mr. Shakti Prasad Agriculture 9 Mr. Anil Kumar Labour Job 10 Mr. Shyam Lal Unemployed 11 Mr. Kashi Ram Government Job 12 Mr. Dimple Kumar Student 13 Mr. Kartar Singh Unemployed 14 Mr. Suresh Kumar Unemployed

Table A7.4 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S3 - 33/132 kV, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Banjal Devi Kothi Chamba 120 km 07

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: BANJAL 1. Mr. Karam Chand Agriculture 2. Mr. Duli Ram Agriculture 3. Mr. Bansi Ram Agriculture 4. Mr. Kesav Agriculture 5. Mr. Jagat Ram Agriculture 6. Mr. Devi Ram Agriculture 7. Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 128

Table A7.5 List of Participants for Consultation at Subproject S4 - 33/132 kV, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chambi Mundla Kangra 18 km 08

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHAMBI 1. Mr. Sukh LaL Agriculture 2. Mr. Hukam Chand Labour 3. Mr. Braham Das Labour 4. Mr. Mr. Suresh Kumar Agriculture 5. Mr. Ramesh Chand Agriculture 6. Mr. Avtar Singh Agriculture 7. Mr. Julfi Ram Agriculture 8. Mr. Omkar Singh Agriculture

Table A7.6 List of Participants for Consultation at Subproject 132 kV S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kV Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Smirpur Smirpur (Charvan) Kangra 9 km 07 2 Thiyara Thiyara Kangra 18 km 09 3 Smirpur Khas Smirpur Khas Kangra 06 12

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: SMIRPUR 1. Mr. Ram Krishan Agriculture 2. Mr. Surjeet Singh Government Job 3. Mr. Raj Kumar Agriculture 4. Mr. Veer Singh Agriculture 5. Mr. Baldev Singh Agriculture 6. Mr. Bhagwan Das Retired 7. Mr. Vipin Kumar Agriculture Name of the Village: THIYARA 1. Mrs. Kanchan Chowdhary Sarpanch 2. Mr. Vijay Singh Kothi Agriculture 3. Mr. Mr. Akshay Kumar Teacher 4. Mr. Om Prakash Agriculture 5. Mr. Pritam Chand Agriculture 6. Mr. Satish Agriculture 7. Mr. Deshraaj Agriculture 8. Mr. Mr. Ramesh Agriculture 9. Mr. Jagroop Agriculture Name of the Village: SMIRPUR KHAS 1. Mrs. Rita Mankotia Agriculture 2. Mr. Cap. Mehboob Singh Agriculture 3. Mrs. Ramita Mankotia Agriculture 4. Mr. Ashok Mankotia Agriculture

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 129

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 5. Mr. Ranjeet Mankotia Service 6. Mr. Sushil Kumar Service 7. Mr. K.S Guleria Service 8. Mrs. Poonam Kumari Service 9. Mrs. Shashi Mankotia Service 10 Mr. Vijay Sharma Agriculture 11 Mrs. Jagdamba Devi Agriculture 12 Mrs. Beena Devi Agriculture

Table A7.7 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S6 - 132/220 kV, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 150 km 10

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHIRGAON 1. Mr. Rajinder Singh Agriculture 2. Mr. Shemsher Singh Agriculture 3. Mr. Kundan Lal Agriculture 4. Mr. Bhisan Singh Agriculture 5. Mr. Sunil Kumar Agriculture 6. Mr. Jawahar lal Agriculture 7. Mr. Devinder Singh Agriculture 8. Mr. Fakir Chand Agriculture 9. Mr. Bhagwan Das Agriculture 10. Mr. Gyan Chand Agriculture

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects

Table A7.8 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S7 - 33 kV GIS switching station at Palchan and List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T6 - 33 kV D/C transmission line from 33 kV Palchan switching station to 33/220 kV substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Burua Burua Kullu 45 08 2 Aleo Bashist Kullu 40 03

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: BURUA 1. Mrs. Pushpa Devi Agriculture 2. Mr. Prem Chand Agriculture 3. Mrs. Madhu Devi Agriculture 4. Mr. Uday Ram Agriculture 5. Mrs. Bodhi Devi Agriculture 6. Mr. Pana lal Agriculture 7. Mr. Chuni lal Thakur Agriculture 8. Mr. Tikam Ram Service

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 130

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: ALEO 1 Mr. Anokh Ram Agriculture 2 Mr. Sanjiv Sharma Business 3 Mr. Duni Chand Agriculture

Table A7.9 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T7 - 132 kV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kV substation at Charor SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chharor Chhorar Kullu 17 km 13 2 Barsaini Barsaini Kullu 60km 10 3 Manikaran Manikaran Kullu 50 km 10 4 Kasol Kasol Kullu 48 km 09

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHHAROR 1 Mr. Nand Lal Agriculture 2 Mr. Chaman Lal Agriculture 3 Mr. Dehar Chand Agriculture 4 Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture 5 Mr. Keer Singh Agriculture 6 Mr. Nup Dev Agriculture 7 Mr. Deepak Agriculture 8 Mr. Duni Thakur Agriculture 9 Mr. Narender Private Job 10 Mr. Chaman Lal Teacher 11 Mr. Nabli Agriculture 12 Mr. Babli Agriculture 13 Mr. Satish Agriculture Name of the Village: BARSAINI 1 Mr. Dinu Ram Agriculture 2 Mr. Puran Chand Service 3 Mr. Tek Ram Agriculture 4 Mrs. Asha Agriculture 5 Mrs. Nupi Devi Agriculture 6 Mr. Kishan Chand Agriculture 7 Mrs. Tulshi Devi Agriculture 8 Mrs. Ruma Devi Agriculture 9 Mr. Mohinder Service 10 Mr. Ram singh Agriculture Name of the Village: MANIKARAN 1 Mr. Thakur Chand Agriculture 2 Mr. Sagar Service 3 Mr. Narender Kumar Agriculture 4 Mr. Chuni lal Agriculture 5 Mrs. Raga Devi Agriculture 6 Mrs.Jivan Devi Agriculture 7 Mr. Dale Ram Agriculture 8 Mr. Kimat Ram Agriculture 9 Mrs. Dharma devi Agriculture 10 Mrs. Bhima Devi Agriculture Name of the Village: KASOL 1 Mr. Tehal Singh Agriculture

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 131

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 2 Mr. Duni chand Service 3 Mrs. Raksha Devi Agriculture 4 Mrs. Chetamu Devi Agriculture 5 Mr. Jay Krishan Agriculture 6 Mrs. Basaru Devi Agriculture 7 Mr. Hira Lal Agriculture 8 Mr. Tek Chand Agriculture 9 Mrs. Shakuntala Devi Agriculture

Table A7.10 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T8 - 220 kV D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kV Banala substation of PGCIL SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chharor Chharor Kullu 17 11 2 Diyar Diyar Kullu 25 08 3 Tharas Rot Kullu 18 10

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHHAROR 1. Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture 2. Mr. Mahender Singh Agriculture 3. Smt. Neelama Devi Agriculture 4. Smt. Asha Sharma Agriculture 5. Mr. Devender Singh Agriculture 6. Mr. Narayan Singh Agriculture 7. Mr. Nayalu Ram Agriculture 8. Smt. Lotama Devi Agriculture 9. Smt. Indira Devi Agriculture 10 Smt. Oma Devi Agriculture 11 Smt. Ramana Devi Agriculture Name of the Village: DIYAR 1. Mr. Om Prakash Agriculture 2. Mr. Deendyal Sharma Agriculture 3. Mr. Dhale Ram Agriculture 4. Mr. Fateh Chand Sikari Agriculture 5. Mr. Ram Prakash Sharma Agriculture 6. Mr. Tule Ram Business 7. Mr. Diya Singh Un- Employed 8. Mr. Dilip Kumar Agriculture Name of the Village: THARAS 1. Mr. Viru Ram Agriculture 2. Mr. Subhash Gautam Agriculture 3. Mr. Chetan Lal Agriculture 4. Smt. Kalzung Kizom Agriculture 5. Smt. Nago Devi Agriculture 6. Smt. Meera Devi Agriculture 7. Smt. Gayatri Devi Agriculture 8. Mr. Inder Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Kehar Singh Agriculture 10 Mr. Hem Raj Diwan Service

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 132

Table A7.11 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S9 - 33/132 kV 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Barsaini Barsaini Kullu 75 10

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: BARSAINI 1. Mr. Atma Ram Agriculture 2. Mr. Puran Chand Sarpanch 3. Mr. Nupi Devi Member 4. Mr. Dinu Ram Agriculture 5. Mr. Gyan Chand Job 6. Mr. Suraj Mal Agriculture 7. Mr. Aan Singh Agriculture 8. Mr. Dilip Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Ludar Chand Agriculture 10 Mr. Puran Chand Agriculture

Table A7.12 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S10 - 33/132 kV GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kV Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance Number of from the Participants District Head Quarters 1 Pandoh Pandoh Mandi 25 km 13

SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: PANDOH 1. Mr. Manmohan Singh Pradhan 2. Mr. Vibhani Secretary 3. Mr. Kuldeep Contractor 4. Mr. Surender Shopkeeper 5. Mr. Jeevan Lal Shopkeeper 6. Mr. Sita Ram Helper 7. Mr. Takur Das Helper 8. Mr. Heera Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Arjun Singh Shopkeeper 10. Mr. Prakash Shopkeeper 11. Mr. Lala Ram Tailor 12. Mr. Takur Das Barber 13. Mr. Somnath Shopkeeper

A7.II. General Perception and Summary of Consultations are given in Table A7.13 below.

A7.13 Summary of Consultations Issues Discussed People’s Views and perception General Perception about Project Almost all the villages reported that people are aware about the project. However, people at Chharor village showed apprehension and didn’t want the project to be initiated in their land as they had bad experience in earlier private sector project. As they have very limited land, they did

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 133

Issues Discussed People’s Views and perception not want to sacrifice their land for this project.

People in general felt that roads and electricity will improve with the initiation of this project. Furthermore, the villagers of Zanak Puri (old Tapri) under Urni Wangtoo, people believe that project will improve the electricity in the village. Similarly the people of Lahal, at Lahal substation stated that they will provide support if their demands of good compensation and permanent jobs in the project is promised. Support of local people for proposed People at most of the villages unequivocally agreed that they will project support the project. Critical issue and concern by the local Majority of people did not mention about any critical issues related to people for the project the project. People at Zanak Puri under Urni-Wangtoo substation doubted that the project might reduce the availability of electricity in the village due to export (transmission to the grid) of electricity. Criteria liked to see during project Adequate safety measures are needed to be taken during construction design, operation stage and and post construction. construction Employment potential in the project Most of the villages want that the project should offer labour jobs during and after the implementation of the project. Moreover, majority of villages perceive that the youths are educated and they will get jobs during construction and after the construction of the project. Similarly, most of the villages opined that they have utility vehicles and the project should use this during and after the implementation of project. The villagers of Thiyara under Chambi substation opined that some of the youths are diploma holders in electric jobs and the project should employ them. Ethnic Minorities Projects under Kinnaur district is declared as tribal area. Zanakpuri under Urni-Wangtoo substation and Urni under Urni substation belong to designated area of Kinnaur. No of shops/commercial No large scale commercial activities are found in the villages except establishments few small shops in each village. Commercial activities in the form of different types of shops are present in 3 villages. 70 to 100 shops (the maximum number) fall within the Pandoh village which is having 40 to 50 shops followed by Chirgaon under Sunda substation. Similarly in Thyara village under chambi substation there are about 25-30 shops. Pandoh and Chirgaon are also large villages having 750 to 800 households. In Chambi village commercial establishments are moderately present and number varies between 10 to 15 shops. All other villages have at least 4 to 10 shops. Banjal village does not have any commercial establishment. Number of industrial units In the subproject area, large industries are not present. Very few small scale industrial units and cottage industries are seen. In 9 villages covered there are no industrial units or cottage industries. However, Lahal and Urni have some small scale and cottage industries. In Lahal, there is 1wool weaving unit, 2 oil refining units, 2 wood cutting units and 1 furniture shop. Similarly, in Urni there is 1 cottage industry making shawls and 3 wood cutting units. Likewise, there are 2 flour mills in Barsini. In the village Chambi, an herbal factory is there 5 km away from the village. Socio economic standing: land use, Invariably agriculture and horticulture are dominant occupation of the cropping pattern subproject area in all the villages. Similarly, agriculture, labour and services are major occupations in the villages. In 10 villages, agriculture is at least one of the major occupations. Similarly, in 9 villages horticulture is one of the main occupations. Likewise in 5 villages, both agriculture and horticulture are major economic activities. Floriculture is one of the occupations of villagers in Banjal. White collar jobs in government and private sectors was a major occupation in 5 villages. In agriculture, wheat and maize are major crops cultivated and

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 134

Issues Discussed People’s Views and perception followed by rice, vegetables, pulses (like kidney beans) is being cultivated in the villages. The cost of maize is Rs 1000/- per quintal, wheat is Rs. 1000 to Rs.1200/- per quintal and rice is Rs. 1800/- per quintal in the subproject area. Apple, Plum, Pomegranate, Pear, Naspati, Apricot, Chilgo and Mango are some of the horticultural produce of the area. In the project area, 6 villages have small farmers who had land possession in the range of 5 to 20 Bigha, whereas in 4 villages had big farmers whose average land possession ranged from 70 to 100 Bigha. Sources of irrigation Almost all the villages rely on natural resources like rainwater and spring for irrigation. Only 4 of the villages have access to canal water for irrigation. Access to Forest Land and Use Chambi and Lahal are the two villages those don’t have access to forest in their areas. All other villages have access to forestland and mainly use forest produce for fodder for the animals. Sources of power supply All the areas covered during consultation admitted of getting power from the government sources. Sources of electricity Similarly, the source of electricity is the government grid for all the areas covered. Average amount of electricity used by The average unit varies in the range of 2 to 8 units per households per per household day. Unit Rate All the villagers reported that they spend in the range of Rs. 0.70 to Rs. 1.50 only per 1 unit consumption of electricity. Average total monthly expenditure per The average monthly bill varies between the range of Rs. 175/- to Rs. household on grid electricity 275/- per month as reported by all the households.

Other non-grid electricity to use in Nothing your village and expenditure Source of drinking water For drinking water, most villages have multiple sources. Majority, about 11, villages use natural water mostly spring water for drinking purpose, besides other sources. Similarly the government supply of IPH water is used by 8 villages. In Lahal, there is a water tank in the village. Similarly, in Samirpur, Chambi and Thiyara villages, the villagers also use water from tube wells for drinking purpose. In Chirgaon, besides natural water people also use canal water for drinking. Loss of residential / commercial No loss of structures or buildings anticipated. structures, if any due to the project Loss of community life like any Market Nothing was reported in terms of loss of community property. Places or community activities to be affected Shortage of water for human There is no shortage of water for human consumption. However, the consumption, irrigation, and other villagers of Lahal reported that there is shortage of water for irrigation. downstream uses Negative impact on food grain, There is no perceived negative impact on food grain but in Banjal and availability /land use Chirgaon, the villagers felt that there might be crop related losses during the time of construction of the project. Will project cause landslides or soil Majority of the villages covered denied that the project will cause any erosion landslides or soil erosion, except 3 of the villages. The villagers of Banjal, Chagaon and Janakpuri, feel that there might be soil erosion during the time of construction of the project. Will project cause widespread None reported by all the villages. imbalance Will project cause health and safety Only one village feel that the project may cause health problems. issues Resettlement and land acquisition People expect minor land acquisition which can still be managed with proper compensation Protected areas No such protected area has been reported Health status There is no evidence of any health related problems in the sub project

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 135

Issues Discussed People’s Views and perception area. All villages reported that people are healthy. In 10 villages, a primary health centre is available. In 2 villages, ayurvedic dispensary is also available along with primary health centre. In other villages, a hospital is accessible within a distance of 5 to 9 km. Few villages reported that people are aware of HIV/AIDS and about sexually transmitted diseases. Will project setting change migration None reported by all the villages. pattern of animals Will project site adversely impact the None reported by all the villages. water and soil Educational status Most of the villages have literacy rate of 85 %. In only 2 villages, the literacy rate is about 60 % to 65 %. Employment status Invariably agriculture and horticulture are dominant occupation of the subproject area in all the villages. In 10 villages, agriculture is one of the major occupations. Similarly, in 9 villages, horticulture is one of the main occupations. Majority about 80 % of the population are engaged in agriculture. Likewise, in 5 villages both agriculture and horticulture are major economic activities. White-collar jobs both in government and private sectors are major occupations in 5 villages. In these villages about 25 % of the households are in white collar jobs. In Urni village about 50 % of the households are depending on labour work. In Chambi 40 % of the population are unemployed. Migration pattern All the villages reported of “in” migration. There is no “out” migration. Type of compensation expected All the villages expect cash compensation. The villagers of Chharor do not want to provide any land to the project. Perceived benefits from project Villagers perceive that roads and street light might improve due to the project. Majority villages feel that there will be job opportunities will improve for the people. Similarly, the villagers also perceive that they will get labour jobs during and after implementation of project. Some of the villages feel that utility vehicle will be used during and after the implementation of project. Perceived loss Most of the villages fear that they will lose land. Other organizations active in the area In all the villages Mahila Mandal (women groups) are present. Few of the villages have Yuvak Mandal (youth groups). In Urni village, there are about 9 organisations. Village Committee In all the villages, the decisions are taken by gram Panchayat and Gramsabha held on any critical and community related issues. All the Panchayat members and Sarpanch actively participate to take a decision on any community related issues. Other issuers In most villages, people welcomed the project and agreed to cooperate during the implementation of project. Some of the villages demand that power should be available for 24 hours. As discussed the villagers of Chharor are against the project. The villagers of Zanakpuri need primary health care centre and a high school in their village. Usefulness of consultation All the villagers admitted that the consultation is useful, and happy as they got an opportunity to share their views before the government officials. Involvement of people in All the participants during the consultation admitted that the local implementation people will provide full cooperation and involvement for the implementation of the project. As discussed the villagers of Chharaor are against the project. This general perception document is common with the Resettlement Planning document prepared for the project.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 136

Annexure 8 Earthquake History of Himachal Pradesh

The state of Himachal Pradesh lies almost entirely in the Himalayan mountains, and is part of the Punjab Himalayas. Due to its location, it weathers dozens of mild earthquakes every year. Large earthquakes have occurred in all parts of Himachal Pradesh, the biggest being the Kangra Earthquake of 1905. The Himalayan Frontal Thrust, the Main boundary Thrust, the Krol, the Giri, Jutogh and Nahan thrusts lie in this region. Besides that there are scores of smaller faults, like the Kaurik Fault which triggered the 1975 earthquake. However, it must be stated that proximity to faults does not necessarily translate into a higher hazard as compared to areas located further away, as damage from earthquakes depends on numerous factors such as subsurface geology as well as adherence to the building codes.

Seismic Hazard Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Mandi, and Bilaspur Districts lie in Zone V. The remaining districts of Lahual and Spiti, Kinnaur, Shimla, Solan and Sirmaur lie in Zone IV. Since the earthquake database in India is still incomplete, especially with regards to earthquakes prior to the historical period (before 1800 A.D.), these zones offer a rough guide of the earthquake hazard in any particular region and need to be regularly updated (See also: GSHAP Hazard Map for Himachal Pradesh).

Largest Instrumented Earthquake in Himachal Pradesh 4 April 1905 - Kangra (Himachal Pradesh), Mw 7.8 33.00 N , 76.00 E, OT=00:50 UTC At least 28,000 people were killed in the Kangra-Dharamsala region of Himachal Pradesh. Damage and casualties also occurred in adjoining parts of Punjab including the cities of Amritsar, Lahore, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Sialkot.

Significant Earthquakes in Himachal Pradesh The following list briefly outlines known earthquakes in this region. General locations14 are provided for historical events for which "generalized" epicentral co-ordinates are available.

4 April 1905 - Kangra (Himachal Pradesh), Mw 7.8 33.00 N, 76.00 E, OT=00:50 UTC At least 28,000 people were killed in the Kangra-Dharamsala region of Himachal Pradesh. Damage and casualties also occurred in adjoining parts of Punjab including the cities of Amritsar, Lahore, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Sialkot.

28 February 1906 - Near Kullu (Himachal Pradesh), Mw 6.4 32.00N, 77.00E Damage and casualties in the Bashahr-Shimla hills states.

11 May 1930 - East of Sultanpur (Himachal Pradesh), 6.0 (TS) 11:30:36 UTC, 31.70N, 77.00E. 22 June 1945 - Near Padua, Kathwa District, J&K (H.P.-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 18:00:51 UTC, 32.599N, 75.90E.

10 July 1947 - Near Padua, Kathwad District, J&K (H.P.-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 10:19:20 UTC, 32.599N, 75.90 E.

12 August 1950 - Near Padua, Kathwad District, J&K (H.P.-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 03:59:06 UTC, 32.599N, 75.90E.

12 September 1951 - Chamba-Udhampur Districts (H.P.--J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 20:41:48UTC, 33.30N, 76.50E.

17 June 1955 - Lahual-Spiti District (Himachal Pradesh), 6.0 (TS) 10:14:09UTC, 32.50N, 78.60E

17 June 1962 - Chamba-Udhampur Districts (Himacahl Pradesh-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 04:39:26.60 UTC, 33.30N, 76.20E.

14 Some events which were significant for other reasons are also included. Please note that Magnitude and Intensity are not the same. All events are within the state or union territory covered on this page unless stated otherwise.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 137

19 January 1975 -SW of Dutung, Himachal Pradesh (Indo-China Border region), Ms 6.8 (NEIC) 08:02:02.50, 32.455N, 78.430N, 33km depth This earthquake struck in the early afternoon of January 19, 1975. It registered 6.2 on the Richter scale. It caused havoc in parts of the Kinnaur, Lahaul and Spiti regions of India. 60 people were killed in this sparsely populated region.

21 October 1991 - Near Pilang (Uttarkashi District), Uttaranchal, Mw 6.8 (NEIC) 21:23:14 UTC / 02:53:14 IST, 30.78N, 78.77E between 750 to 2000 people killed in the Gharwal region. It was also felt very strongly in Uttar Pradesh, Chandigarh, Delhi, Haryana and Punjab. Fatalities were also reported from Himachal Pradesh. Some minor damage was reported in Chandigarh and New Delhi.

29th March 1999 - Near Gopeshwar (Chamoli District), Uttaranchal, Mw 6.5 (HRV) 19:05:11 UTC, 30.492N, 79.288E 115 people killed in the Gharwal region. The quake was felt very strongly in Uttar Pradesh, Chandigarh, Delhi and Haryana. In Haryana, one person was killed in the city of Ambala and 2 at Nakodar in the neighbouring state of Punjab. Minor damage to buildings in New Delhi, most significantly in Patparganj. Minor damage also reported from Chandigarh.

11 November 2004 - Bharmour, Kangra region, Mb 5.1 32.442 N, 76.512 E, D=34 km, OT=02:13:45 UTC A moderate earthquake struck the Kangra valley and the Dhauladhar Mountains on 11 November 2004 at 07:43 AM local time. It was felt strongly in the Kangra- Dharamsala region and event caused minor damage to buildings in the region. It had a magnitude of Mb=5.1.

8 October 2005 - Kashmir-Kohistan, Pakistan-India border, Mw 7.6 34.432 N, 73.537 E, D=020.0 km, OT=03:50:40 UTC.

A major earthquake struck the India-Pakistan border on the morning of 8 October 2005. It had a magnitude of Mw=7.6 and was felt strongly in much of Pakistan, northern India and eastern Afghanistan. The earthquake resulted in more than 80,000 deaths in northern Pakistan and adjoining parts of Jammu & Kashmir, India and is by far one of the deadliest in the sub-continent. At least 10 people also died in other parts of north India and 4 in Afghanistan due to this earthquake. Tremors from the earthquake were felt more than a thousand kilometres away in the Indian states of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh. Source: Amateur Seismic Centre, http://www.asc-india.org/, Pune, India

Acronyms Used: D=Depth; OT=Origin Time; Mw=Moment Magnitude; Ms=Surface Wave magnitude; Mb=Body Wave Magnitude; ML=Local Magnitude; M?=Magnitude Type unknown

List of Earthquake in Himachal Pradesh w.e.f 1st Jan 2006 Date LAT (deg. N) LONG (deg. E) Depth (km) Magnitude Region Jammu & Kashmir-Himachal 26/05.2006 32.9°N 76.0°E 33.0 4.7 Pradesh border region 20/07/2006 31.7°N 78.2°E 10 3.5 Kinnaur, Himachal Pradesh 10/12/2006 31.5N 76.7 E 33 3.5 Mandi district, Himachal Pradesh 21/02/2007 31.4°N 77.6°E 33.0 3.6 Himachal Pradesh 04/10/2007 32.5°N 76.0°E 10.0 3.8 Chamba, Himachal Pradesh 14/9/2008 32.4 N 76.1 E 10 3.4 Chamba, Himachal Pradesh 21/10/2008 31.5 N 77.3 E 10 4.5 District Kullu, Himachal Pradesh 9/1/2009 31.7 N 78.4 E 10 3.0 Kinnaur District, Himachal Pradesh 9/1/2009 31.7 N 78.3 E 16 3.8 Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh Source: Indian Meteorological Department (http://www.weathershimla.gov.in)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 138

Annexure 9 Highlights of Census 2011 in comparison with 2001 data

Description Himachal Kinnaur Kullu Chamba Shimla 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 Actual Population 6,856,509 6,077,248 84,298 78,334 437,474 381,571 518,844 460,887 813,384 722,502 Male 3,473,892 3,085,256 46,364 42,173 224,320 198,016 260,848 235,218 424,486 380,996 Female 3,382,617 2,991,992 37,934 36,161 213,154 183,555 257,996 225,669 388,898 341,506 Population Growth 12.81% 17.54% 7.61% 9.91% 14.65% 26.17% 12.58% 17.19% 12.58% 17.02% Area Sq. km 55,673 55673 6,401 6,401 5,503 5,503 6,528 6,528 5,131 5,131 Density/km2 123 109 13 12 79 69 80 71 159 141 Proportion to Himachal Pradesh Population 100% 100% 1.23% 1.29% 6.38% 6.28% 7.57% 7.58% 11.86% 11.89% Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 974 968 818 857 950 927 989 959 916 896 Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) 906 896 953 979 962 960 950 955 922 929 Average Literacy 83.78 76.48 80.77 75.20 80.14 72.90 73.19 62.91 84.55 79.12 Male Literacy 90.83 85.35 88.37 84.30 88.80 83.98 84.19 76.41 90.73 87.19 Female Literacy 76.6 67.42 71.34 64.40 71.01 60.88 62.14 48.85 77.80 70.07 Total Child Population (0-6 Age) 763,864 769,424 7,987 9,304 50,041 52,820 69,409 69,579 80,778 85,089 Male Population (0-6 Age) 400,681 405,618 4,090 4,701 25,504 26,955 35,591 35,594 42,018 44,105 Female Population (0-6 Age) 363,183 363,806 3,897 4,603 24,537 25,865 33,818 33,985 38,760 40,984 Literates 5,1,04506 4,029,097 61,639 51,913 310,487 239,649 328,940 246,169 619,427 504,330 Male Literates 2,791,542 2,266,103 37,356 31,589 176,552 143,655 189,641 152,533 347,013 293,745 Female Literates 2,312,964 1,762,994 24,283 20,324 133,935 95,994 139,299 93,636 272,414 210,585 Child Proportion (0-6 Age) 11.14 13.05 9.47% 11.88% 11.44% 13.84% 13.38% 15.10% 9.93% 11.78% Boys Proportion (0-6 Age) 11.53 13.55 8.82% 11.15% 11.37% 13.61% 13.64% 15.13% 9.90% 11.58% Girls Proportion (0-6 Age) 10.74 12.53 10.27% 12.73% 11.51% 14.09% 13.11% 15.06% 9.97% 12.00% Source: http://www.census2011.co.in/census

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 139

Annexure 10 National Parks and Sanctuaries in Himachal Pradesh

Source of the following information is the publication by Wildlife Wing, HP Forest Department: “Enchanting Himalayas, a guide to national parks and wildlife sanctuaries of HP” dated October 2004

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 140

FIGURE A10: Aerial Distance of Subprojects from Sanctuaries and National Parks (GOOGLE EARTH based locations)

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 141

COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects

10.I.1 Rupi Bhabha Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1982 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999. Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-2/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 738 sq km Geographical location: District Kinnaur, 31°30'00' to 31°47'06" N; 77°45'06" to 78°09'00"E Altitude: 900 to 5,600m. Climate: Rainfall- 45 mm; Temperature: -10 to 30°C. Vegetation: Pine Forests, Forest Pastures, Rivers, Alpine and sub alpine grasslands, Montane broad leaved deciduous forests and mixed broadleaved- coniferous forests. Reported Fauna: Brown Bear, Black Bear, Barking Deer, Musk deer, Red fox, Goral, Ibex, Leopard, Snow Leopard, Serow, Blue Sheep and Himalayan Tahr, Western Tragopan, Cheer, Koklas, Monal, Blue-throated Flycatcher, White-throated Tit, White-cheeked Tit, Orange Bullfinch, Hill Partridge, Speckled Wood-pigeon. Himalayan Woodpecker Census Figures: (2001-2002) Goral (18), Bharal (33), Monal (229), Kaleej (55), Western Tragopan (9), Koklas (70). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers of 15 villages inside the sanctuary and shepherds related to the Sanctuary. The north of the sanctuary is covered by glaciers. The Great Himalayan National Park and the Pin Valley National Park are located on its western and northern boundaries respectively. Eco-tourism spots: Rupi, Bara Khamba, Chotta Khamba. Eco-treks: Chaura-Rupi Wangshangling - 60km, Bara Khamba - Kumrang-Wangshangling- 40 km, Chota Khamba-Rupi-Jaghori-Phancha-60 km, Wangtoo-Katgaon-Kafnoo-Muling-Tarikhanga- Sagnam-65km.

10.I.2 Rakchham Chitkul Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1989 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-2/99 dated 7.9.2001. Area: 304 sq km Geographical location: District Kinnaur, 31°10’20” to 31°25’05” N 78°15’10” to 78°20’00”E Altitude: 2,800 to 4,900 m. Climate: Rainfall- 460 mm; Temperature: -10 to 150 C Vegetation: Forests of Deodar, Kail, Chilgoza and Board-leaved species on lower altitudes (2,000m and above); and Fir-Spruce combination with Bamboo-dominated undergrowth on higher altitude (2,800 m and above). The alpine zone starts above 2800 m altitude. The alpine area of sanctuary has a rich growth of medicinal herbs. Reported Fauna: Musk Deer, Serow, Himalayan Tahr, Bharal, Ghoral, Leopard, and Snow Leopard, Monal, Koklas and White Crested Kaleej and Western Tragopan are found in their eastern most limits in this sanctuary. Census Figures: (1999-2000) Goral (6), Bharal (7). Leopard (3), Monal (67), Kaleej (25), Western Tragopan (9), Koklas (43). Conservation Issues and Land Use: This sanctuary is known for its vast pasture areas. Local livelihoods from the forests in the sanctuary are main conservation issue. Eco-tourism Spots: Chhitkul, Rangthang Pass, Lalanti Pass and Sangla. Eco-treks: Chhitkul-Dumti-25 km, Dumti-Rangthang Pass-45 km, Rangthang Pass-Neartall-59 km, Chhikul-Lalanti Pass km, Lalanti Pass-Thangi-45 km.

10.I.3 Lippa Asrang Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1962 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-2/99 dated 7.9.99. Area: 349 sq km Geographical location: District Kinnaur, 31°44' 15" - 31°44'18" N-78°08'00" - 78°17'38" E

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 142

Altitude: 4,000 to 5,000m Climate: Rainfall-220mm; Temperature: -10 to 15°C Vegetation: Himalayan Dry Temperate Forest, Alpine Arid Pastures, Alpine Dry Scrub includes Kharsu oak, dry broadleaved and scanty coniferous trees. Reported Fauna: Musk deer, Ibex, Leopard, Himalayan Black Bear, Brown Bear, Musk Deer, Goral, Blue Sheep, Chukor, and Yellow billed Chough, Snow Cock, Lammergeyer, Griffon, Chestnut bellied Nuthatch Census Figures: (1999-2000) Bharal (7), Ibex (87), Musk Deer (4), Black Bear (4), Snow Cock (42). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers of one village with in sanctuary and graziers dependent on the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Lipu Kanda (above 14000 feet), Poram kanda (12500 feet) Eco-treks: Asrang- Poram Kanda-12 km, Poram Dogri-Lalsa-6 km, Lalsa- Spiti-26 km,

COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects

10.II.1 Gamgul Siahbehi Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1974. Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-4/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 109 sq km Geographical location: District Chamba, 75°52'-75°57' E - 32°49'-32°52' N. Altitude: 1,800 to 4,000 m. Climate: Rainfall-1, 150mm; Temperature: -10 to 350 C. Vegetation: Moist Deodar forests, Westem Mixed Coniferous Forests and Alpine pastures. Reported Fauna: Gamgul Siahbehi Sanctuary is considered one of the most important sanctuaries in which Kashmir Stag is reported to occur. Other important mammals comprises of Common Langur, Rhesus Macaque Himalayan Black Bear, Brown Bear, Fox, Himalayan Weasel, Jungle Cat, Leopard Cat, Leopard, Jackal, Goral, Yellow-throated Marten, Royle's Pika, Himalayan Palm Civet, Indian Muntjac, Musk Deer, Serow, Himalayan Tahr, Indian Porcupine and Common Giant Flying Squirrel. Western Tragopan, Cheer, Koklas, Himalayan Monal, Variegated Laughing thrush, White-browed Blue Flycatcher, Rufous-bellied Niltava, Yellow-bra ved Ground Warbler, Large-billed Leaf-Warbler, Large-crowned Leaf-Warbler, Green-backed Tit, Spot-winged Crested Tit, Rufous-bellied Crested Tit, Himalayan Tree creeper, Black-and-Yellow Grosbeak, Griffon Vulture, Himalayan Slaty-headed Parakeet, White-cheeked Bulbul, Black Bulbul, Red-headed Tit. Census Figure (2003-04) : Musk Deer (3), Goral (18), Black bear (7), Leopard (4), Brown Bear (4), Monal (160), Koklas (120), Kaleej (100). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Three villages exist inside the Sanctuary and the peripheral areas have 55 villages. They exercise a tremendous biotic pressure on the WLS. Eco-tourism Spots: Thathi Dhar, Sonu Tith, Galu di Mandi, Gamgul, Siyabehi. Eco-treks: Dadroh-Doda-Mandyal-10 km, Mandyal-Sonu Tith-Galu-15 km, Dada- andyal-Thath Dhar-Kalethar-10 km, Maklunda-Bhith- 10 km, Maklunda-Galu di Mandi-·10 km.

10.II.2 Kalatop Khajjiar Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1949 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-7/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 69 sq km. Geographical location: District Chamba, 32°02’ to 32°04 N- 76°01’ to 76°06E Altitude: 1185 to 2768 m. Climate: Rainfall -1150 to 2,700m; Temperature: 10° C to 35° C Vegetation: Deodar and Kail Forests mixed with firs and spruce, montane broadleaved, deciduous forests, sub alpine grasslands. Reported Fauna: Common Langur, Leopard, Giant Indian Flying Squirrel and Indian Porcupine, Indian Muntjac, Goral, Himalayan Black Bear, Leopard Cat, Jackal, Himalayan Musk Deer and

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 143

Serow. Some 117 species of birds were recorded. Koklas and Kaleej are both numerous. A single Cheer Pheasant was recorded in the lowest part of the sanctuary and Himalayan Monal reportedly visits in winter. Census Figures (2003-04): Goral (1340, Barking Deer (50), Black Bear (11), Leopard (6), Cheer (9150), Kaleej (200). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers and graziers of 15 villages existing inside the Sanctuary and 35 villages of periphery dependent on the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Khajjiar lake Eco-treks: Kalatop- Khajjiar-12 km, Khajjiar-Mandrani-3 km, Lakkar mandi-Palwani Mata-Jot-14 km.

10.II.3 Kugti Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1974 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-2/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 379 sq km. Geographical location: District Chamba, 76°44' - 76°53' E - 32°25' - 32°55' N Altitude : 2,250 to 6,000m Climate: Rainfall- 500mm; Temperature: -10 to 250 degree C. Vegetation: Moist Deodar Forest, Western Mixed Coniferous forests and Montane broad leaf deciduous forests, Alpine pastures and sub alpine grasslands Reported Fauna: Himalayan Black Bear, Leopard Cat, Leopard, Common Langur and Yellow- throated Marten, Brown Bear, Goral, Himalayan Tahr, Serow, Ibex, Cheer Pheasant has been recorded on the north side of Budhil Nala, but not within the sanctuary itself .Western Tragopan is reported by local people to be present. Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of 2 villages and 10 thatches inside the Sanctuary and 9 villages in the surrounding areas depend on the sanctuary. It is connected to the west by a forest corridor to the Tundah Sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Mani Mahesh, Dharol, Kelong (Kartik Swami Temple), Kugti, Dhalotu. Eco-treks: Hadsar-Deoshah road-13 km, Hadsar-Kugti-Halesh-25 km, Hadsar-Kugti-Dhalotudhar- Manimahesh-30 km, Hadsar-Goru Ban-6 km, Hadsar-Kinnaur Dhar-22 km.

10.II.4 Sechu Tuan Nala Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1974 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999: Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-3/99 dated 1.11.99. Area: 103 sq km Geographical location: District Chamba, 30°15'- 32° 00' N - 76°20' -77°00' E Altitude: 2,500 to 6,000 m Climate: Rainfall- 500 mm; Temperature: -20 to 300 C. Vegetation: Forest types include Western Himalayan temperate, moist alpine scrub and dry alpine scrub. Species of medicinal importance include Aconitum heterophyllum, Jurinea macrocephala and Ephedra gerardiana. Reported Fauna: Ibex, Musk deer, Snow leopard, Black Bear, Brown Bear, Musk Deer, Goral, Ibex, Serow, Blue Sheep, Himalayan Tahr and Royle's Pika, Western Tragopan, Koklas, Monal, Green Backed Tit, Black tit, Himalayan Griffon, Snowcock, Snow Pigeon. Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers and graziers are dependent upon the natural resources of the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Chasak Bhatori, Tarun Nallah, Harbi Dhar, Topiun Pass, Jarnmu Nallah, Hindu and Buddhist temples at Bhat, Tuan, Hilu, Chrroti and Kalichor. Eco-treks: Thuan-Jarnmu Nallah-9 km, Thuan-Topuin Nallah Pass-25 km, Udren Nallah-Topiun- 13 km, Saichu-Harbi Dhar-7 km, Saich-Chask Dhar-11 km.

10.II.5 Tundah Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1962

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 144

Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999: Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-5/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 64 sq km. Geographical location: District Chamba, 32°27'00" to 32°40'00" N- 76°27'00" to 76°37'00"E. Altitude: 2,100 to 5,500m. Climate: Rainfall-: 800mm; Temperature: -10°C to 30° C Vegetation: Moist deodar forests, mixed coniferous forests, alpine pastures. Reported Fauna: Brown Bear, Goral, Himalayan Tahr, Serow, Ibex, Black Bear, Leopard Cat, Leopard, Common Langur, Yellow-throated Marten, Monal, Western Trgopan, Flycathers and Thrushes. Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers of 4 villages, eight Gujjar settlements and graziers are dependent upon the natural resources of the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Harchu, Bargan, Tunda, Mumbari Dhar, Silpadi Dhar. Eco-treks: Durgati-Tundah-Silparidhar via Mumbaridhar-24 km, Harchu-Bargran-Bhadra-15 km, Dugati-Silpari-Banni-22 km, Durgati-Banni-Bhadra-28 km, Harch-Bhadra-Digola-23 km.

10.II.6 Pong Dam Lake Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1983 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999. Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-8/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 307 sq km. Geographical location: District Kangra, 31°50' - 32°07' N - 75°58'-76°25' E Altitude: 335 m to 436 m. Climate: Rainfall-.1780mm; Temperature: 5.6°C to 44.3°C Vegetation: Subtropical Pine forests. There is a little submerged aquatic vegetation. The shoreline does not support much emergent vegetation due to the pronounced seasonal changes in water level. The surrounding hillsides still support some mixed deciduous and Chir Pine Pinus roxburghii forests. Reported Fauna: Indian Wild Boar; Barking Deer; Blue bull; Indian Red Hare. Migratory water birds; Rednecked grebe. Indian Skimmer, Black Stork, White-rumped Vulture on one carcass, Himalayan Long-billed Vulture, Eurasian Griffon, Imperial Eagle, Ferruginous Pochard, Ruddy- breasted Crake, Water Rail, Yellow-wattled Lapwing, White-tailed Stonechat, Brook's Warbler, Sand Martin, Barred Buttonquail, Common Quail, Rufous-tailed Shrike, Indian Peafowl. A total of 228 species recorded, around Jawali and Shivalikh hills northeast of Jawali and 180 species at Shanehar barrage area. Large population of Bar Headed Geese visits the lake every year. Census Figures: Common pocchard (5200), Bar Heeded. Geese (28000), Pintails (28000), Gadwall (3600). Cormorants (14300), Mallards (3800) and many rare winter birds. Eco-tourism Spots: Bari, Nagrota Suriyan, Rancer Island, Pong Dam, Gaglara. Eco-treks: Dhameta-Karu Island-5 km, Rajiv Gandhi Nature Park-Guglara-5 km, Dehra-Bangoli Koriyan-5 km, Jawali-Mastgarh Forests-15 km, Nagrota Suriyan-Masroor Temple-15 km. Conservation Issues and Land Use: Sanctuary is uninhabited, but livelihoods of local 128 villagers and fishermen dependent on the Lake water.

10.II.7 Dhauladhar Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1994. Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-9/99 dated. 1.11.99 Area: 944 sq. km. Geographical location: District Kangra, 32°3'00" to 32°28'00" N; 76°43'00" to 77°6'00"E. Altitude: 2,000 to 4,800m. Climate: Rainfall-2,500mm; Temperature: 8 to 250 C. Vegetation: Western mixed coniferous forest with deodar, fir, spruce and blue pine, oaks and alpine pastures. Reported Fauna: Musk Deer, Himalayan Black Beer, Serow, Himalayan Weasel, Yellow - throated, Himalayan Palm Civet, Cheer Pheasant, Western Tragopan, Speckled Wood-pigeon, Himalayan Woodpecker, Gold-billed Magpie, Himalayan Tree Creeper, Himalayan Slaty headed

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 145

Parakeet, Himalayan Tree Pie, White cheeked Bulbul, Black Bulbul. Eco-tourism Spots: Billing (for hang and Para Gliding). Multan- Barot (for Trout fishing), Thamsar pass and Thamsar lake Eco-treks: Bir-Billing-Raj Gundha-26 km, Raj Gundha- Palachal- Panhartu-16 km, Panhartu- Thamsar Maeh- Udak- Bara Bhangal-19km, Bara Bhangal-Khanar-Dharari-Naya gran-42km, Bara Bhangal-Kalihni Pass-45km, Bara Bhangal-Mani Mahesh Lake- 45 km, Bara Banghal- Kugti Pass- 53 km, Bara Banghal- Lahaul-45 km. Conservation Issues and Land Use: A number of villages inside the WLS depend on the natural resources of the WLS.

COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects

10.III.1 Churdhar Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1985 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F (6)-28/99 dated. 1.11.99. Area: 66 sq km. Geographical location: District Shimla, 30°48' 37" - 30°54' 39" N, 77°23' 32" - 77°29' 49" E Altitude: 2,000 to 3,650m Climate: Rainfall-1500mm; Temperature: 5°C to 20°C. Vegetation: Forest types include Western mixed coniferous, Kharsu Oak and alpine pastures. Forests of Deodar, Oak and other species Reported Fauna: Common Langur, Rhesus Macaque, Leopard, Himalayan Black Bear, Wild Boar, Indian Muntjac, Musk Deer, Goral, Royle's Pika, Indian Porcupine, Koklas Pheasant, Himalayan Monal, Variegated Laughing thrush, Chestnut-tailed Minla, Grey-crested Tit, Black- crested Tit, Whitetailed Nuthatch, Himalayan Green Finch, Red-headed Bullfinch, Brown Bull finch. Census Figures: (1999-2000) Goral (68), Indian Munljac (76), Leopard (8), Black Bear (16), Koklas (169), Monal(187), Red Jungle Fowl(202). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Residents of 23 villages have rights to agriculture, extraction of timber, fuelwood and minor forest produce, grazing and collection of fodder. Gujjars are given permits for grazing and periodically bring large numbers of livestock into the sanctuary and six temporary camps are located within the WLS. Eco-tourism Spots: Churdhar Temple (Shiv Mahadev) Eco-treks: Nohra-Churdhar-18 km, Chouras- Tissri-11 km, Dopti-Churdhar-16 km, Pulbahal- Dopti-8 km, Chhogtali- Tissri-9 km.

10.III.2 Daranghati Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1962 Year of final Notification (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-22/99 dated. 23.10.99. Area: 167sq km Geographical location: District Shimla, 77°47'-77°51 'E - 31°22'-31°28' N. Altitude: 2100-3315m Climate: Rainfall-.750 mm; Temperature: -8°C to 17°C Vegetation: Ban Oak forests; Moist Deodar forest; Kharsu Oak forest; Himalayan Sub Alpine Fir forests. Western mixed coniferous forest occurs on northern and eastern slopes above 2,000 m. Main species are blue pine, silver Fir and Spruce with Cedar on well-drained sites and Rhododendrons. Reported Fauna: Musk Deer, Himalayan Black Beer, Serow, Himalayan Tahr, Blue Sheep, Red Fox, Himalayan Weasel, Yellow-throated, Himalayan Palm Civet and Jungle Cat, Western Tragopan, Cheer Pheasant, Koklas, White crested Kaleej, Monal, Himalayan Slaty headed Parakeet, Himalayan Tree Pie, White cheeked Bulbul, Black Bulbul, Rusty-cheeked Scimitar- babbler. Census Figures: (2003-04) Goral (5), Musk Deer (2), Western Tragopan (25), Koklas (133), Monal (144), Himalayan Tahr (2).

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 146

Eco-tourism Spots: Welnu Tibba, Sharnal, Dofda, Sharaikoti temple,Devtapani. Eco-treks: Kimoo-Rumpu Rashi Thach-20 km, Dofda-Daran-Morya-Thach-Babala-Shama-38km, Dhandol-Sharnal-Devtapani-35 km, Thaklech-Darkali-Sharnal-Jangdhar-55 km. Conservation Issues and Land Use: Two villages exist inside the Sanctuary and the peripheral areas have 26 villages. Nomadic Gujjars have grazing permits. Over 7,500 cattle, sheep and goats graze inside the Sanctuary of which 5,000 are from local villages.

10.III.3 Shimla Water Catchment Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1958 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999: Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-20/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 10 sq km. Geographical location: District Shimla, 31°05'12" to 31°07'11" N- 77°12'54" to 77°16'04"E Altitude: 1500 to 3,300m. Climate: Rainfall-900mm; Temperature: -10 to 300C. Vegetation: The entire sanctuary is forested, mostly of temperate coniferous forest. Deodar is predominant (69%) and mixed with Ban oak (11 % for Quercus spp.) and chir pine (2%) at lower altitudes, and fir (13%), blue pine (4%), Moru oak and spruce at higher altitudes. Shrub and ground layers are generally well developed, with shrubs forming over 50%. Ground vegetation is mainly grasses, but includes a variety of ferns and herbs. Reported Fauna: Rhesus Macaque, Common Langur, Yellow-throated Marten, Leopard, Indian Muntjac, Goral and Porcupine, Flying Squirrel, Cheer Pheasant, Speckled Wood-pigeon, Himalayan Woodpecker, Gold-billed Magpie, Black-crested Tit, Green Backed Tit. Musk Deer, reported by local people to have existed in the past, may now be locally extinct. Highest density of Koklas pheasant 24 pairs per sq km. The population of Kaleej Pheasant also appears to be large. Eco-tourism Spots: Sihog Eco-treks: Chharbara via Wild flower Hall Kufri to Sihog-9 km, Dhalli to Sihog -7 km Conservation Issues and Land Use: Shimla Water Catchment Area is un-inhabited sanctuary and has been totally protected ever since its reservation. It may represent the only remaining example of undisturbed middle-altitude forest in the front ranges of the Western Himalaya and is the main catchment area upon which Shimla depends for its water supply. Livelihoods of local villagers and graziers are dependent upon the natural resources of the sanctuary.

10.III.4 Talra Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1962 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999: Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-21/99 dated 1.11.99. Area: 40 sq. km. Geographical location: District Shimla, 30°57'46" - 31°03'19" N- 77°43'30" -77°48'21" E Altitude: 1,500 to 3,300m. Climate: Rainfall-900mm; Temperature: -10 to 30°C. Vegetation: Deodar forests in lower portions with dense Fir and Spruce in upper portions. Dense Kharsu Oak forest in the upper part of the Sanctuary Reported Fauna: Goral, Langur, Leopard, Barking Deer. Sambhar has been reported by the villagers in this sanctuary. Monal, Koklas Pheasant, Speckled Wood-pigeon, Himalayan Woodpecker, Goldbilled Magpie, Black-crested Tit, Green Backed Tit Census Figures: (2002-03) Goral (53), Indian Muntjac (17), Leopard (22), Leopard Cat (13), Black Bear (9) Jackal (44), Kalij (126), Koklas (124), Monal (27) Red Jungle Fowl (163), Black Partridge (17). Conservation Issues and Land Use: This sanctuary has history of commercial logging operations in 1970s. However, the area has been successfully regenerated. Livelihoods of local villagers of one village inside the sanctuary and 7 villages in the surrounding area and graziers are dependent upon the natural resources of the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Taira Thach, Kastha Top, Kanger. Eco-treks: Shashn-Talra-16 km, Chajpur-Talra-12 km, Gurar-Talra-16 km, Panju-Talra-8 km.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 147

COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects

10.IV.1 Great Himalayan National Park Year of establishment: May 1994 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of Wildlife Protection Act (WPA), 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-2/99 dated 28.5.99. Area: Great Himalayan National Park: 754.4 sq km; Eco zone: 265.6 sq km. Geographical location: District Kullu, 31°38’28” to 31°54’58”N: 77°20’11” to 77°45’52”E. Altitude: 1500 to 5800m. Climate: Rainfall-1,500mm; Temperature: 0.6-290 C Vegetation: The Park has forests of subtropical chir pine, coniferous and mixed deciduous woods of the temperate zone with green and white oaks, horse chestnuts and walnuts amidst tall deodar, blue pines and rhododendrons. Above 3,000-3,500m is sub-alpine zone, alpine meadows, splashed with a great variety of tiny flowers and medicinal herbs. Reported Fauna: Serow, Himalayan Tahr, Goral, Blue Sheep, Indian Pika, Giant Indian Flying Squirrel, Himalayan Black Bear, Himalayan Brown Bear, Leopard, Snow Leopard, Red Fox, Himalayan Palm Civet, Yellow-throated Marten and the vulnerable Musk Deer.Two hundred and three bird species have been recorded from the Park: the spectacular Pheasants are among the most important. GHNP is one of the two National Parks in the world with a population of the endangered Westem Tragopan. The Chir Pheasant is present on the steep, south-facing grassy slopes. Monal and Koklas are abundant in the temperate forests while Kaleej occurs in small numbers below 2,000 m. Census Figures: (2002) Leopard (3), Black Bear (15), Brown Bear (9). Musk Deer (7), Goral (64), Himalayan Tahr (8), Bharal (35), Monal (43), Western Tragopan (11), Koklas (23), Kaleej (24), Snow Leopard (2). Conservation Issues & Land Use: There is no human and cattle population in the Park. After final notification in 1999, the Park management has initiated work of organizing the women of the poor households who depend upon the Park resources through setting up of women's saving and credit groups. Eco-tourism Spots: GHNP Kullu has 4 main valleys: Tirthan, Sainj, Jeewanal and Parvati. There are a number of thatches inside the Park. Eco-treks: Shakti-Dhel-Lapah, Gushani-Shilt & back, Manikaran-Mantlai-Pin Parvati Pass- Sognam-Kaza, Neuli-Manu Temple-Guddani Nalah & back, Gushaini Rolla & back,

10.IV.2 Kais Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1954: Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972) Notification No. 70 GP-53/97 dt. 28.02.54. Area: 14 sq km Geographical' location: District Kullu, 77°09'-77°12' E - 31°59’- 32°03’ N Altitude: 2,800 to 3,680m. Climate: Rainfall - 1,000 mm; Temperature: -5 C to 30 C Vegetation: Pine Forests, Forest Pastures, Alpine and sub alpine grasslands. Maple, Fir; Ash, Deodar, Poplar, fir and Walnut.Fir and Spruce, with some Oaks and Deodar forests predominate at lower altitudes, above which are Birch-rhododendron scrub forests. Reported Fauna: Common Langur, Himalayan Black Bear, Brown Bear, Leopard, Himalayan Monal, Kalij and Koklas. Chukor Partridge is also present. Cheer and Western Tragopan are also reported. Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers and graziers; There are no villages inside the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Matan Thach, Phuta sar. Eco-treks: Matan Thach-Naggar via Chanderkhani- 30 km.

10.IV.3 Kanawar Wildlife Sanctuary

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 148

Year of establishment: 1954 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. 70 GP-53/97 dt. 28.2.54. Area: 61 sq km Geographical location: District Kullu, 77°17'-77°23'E - 31°55'-32°01'N Altitude: 1,800 to 4,800 m. Climate: Rainfall-1,000mm; Temperature: -10 C to 25 C Vegetation: Deodar and Pine Forests, Montane broad leaved deciduous, Alpine and sub alpine grasslands. Cypresses have been introduced. Reported Fauna: Common Langur, Rhesus Macaque, Himalayan Black, Brown Bear, Jungle Cat, Leopard Cat, Leopard, Jackal, Yellow-throated Marten, Himalayan Palm, easel, Fox, Goral, Indian Muntjac, Musk Deer, Royle's Pika, Indian Parrot and Common Giant Flying Squirrel Tragopan. Cheer, Monal, White crested Kaleej pheasants are also reported. Census Figures: (2003-04) Goral (61), Barking Deer (14), Western Tragopan (4), Kaleej (90), Monal (960), Koklas (166), Snow Pigeon (2005) Eco-tourism Spots: Kasol, Grahan, Mathinala, Luripat. Eco-treks: Kasol-Luripat-10 km, Kasol-Mathinala -8 km, Kasol-Pulga-38 km.

10.IV.4 Khokhan Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1954 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. 70 GP-53/97dt. 28.2.54. Area: 14 sq. km. Geographical location: District Kullu, 31°50'10" to 31°53'24" N - 77°03'21" to 77°06'55"E. Altitude: 1500 to 2787m. Climate: Rainfall-850mm; Temperature: -5 to 280 C. Vegetation: Mainly moist temperate Deodar forests mixed with Kail, fir and spruce in higher reaches, alpine meadows at the top. Reported Fauna: Musk Deer, Tahr, Goral, Leopard, Weasel Himalayan, Koklas, Monal, Western Tragopan. Census Figures: (2002-03) Goral (7), Barking Deer (4), Koklas (40), Kaleej (65), Monal (17), Peafowl (10), Chukor (32), Leopard (1), Red Jungle Fowl (3). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of people of 28 villages inside the sanctuary are dependent upon the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Nagni, Mujag Thach. Eco-treks: Dohra nal-Mujag via Lot-16 km, Kandi-Mujag thach-Nagni-Dohranal-18 km.

10.IV.5 Manali Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1954 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. 70 GP-53/97dt. 28.2.54. Area: 32 sq km Geographical location: District-Kullu, 32°13'- 32°15' N - 77°05'-77°10' E. Altitude: 2,200 to 5,100m. Climate: Rainfall-1080 mm Vegetation: Coniferous forest (up to 2,500m) dominated by Deodar and Blue Pine (Kail) in the lower Manalsu Valley, dense Oak forests at higher altitudes (2,300 to 3,200m). Near and above tree line Junipers and Rhododendrons occur as scrub forests. The herb communities of the alpine pastures are often dominated by Nitrophilous species, such as Bistorta spp. and Rumex nepalensis. Reported Fauna: Musk deer, Ibex, Black Bear, Leopard, Occasional snow leopard, Brown Bear, Jungle Cat, Himalayan Palm Civet, Yellow-throated Marten, Indian Muntjac and Serow. Species diversity for pheasants is high, with Western Tragopan, Himalayan Monal, and Koklas present in low numbers. This area is relatively rich in raptors, both in terms of species abundance and population sizes. Census Figures: (2002-03) Langoor (1 02), Barking Deer (6), Jackal (3), Kaleej (5), Monal (87), Koklas(22). Conservation Issues and Land Use: There are no villages within the sanctuary. During the summer six settlements are temporarily occupied by pastoralists. People from nearby villages

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 149 depend on natural resources of the sanctuary for their livelihoods. Eco-tourism Spots: Manali, Gulamalang, Quakta Kut, Lambadug. Eco-treks: Old Manali-Quakta Kut- 10 km, Dhugri-Dorni via Lambadug- 22 km.

10.IV.6 Sainj Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1994 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): Notification No. FFE-B-F(6)-15/99 dated 23.10.99. Area: 90 sq km. Geographical location: District Kullu, 77°27'-77°37' E - 31°34'- 31°39' N Altitude: 2,100 - 4,600 m Climate: Rainfall-1,500mm; Temperature: -5° C to 30° C Vegetation: Ban Oak forest; Moist deodar forest; Mixed coniferous forest; Kharsu Oak forest and Alpine and sub alpine grasslands. Reported Fauna: Snow Leopard, Himalayan Tahir, Musk Deer, Brown Bear, Black Bear, Western Tragopan, Cheer, Kaleej, Koklas and White-cheeked Tit. A list of 203 birds is there for the Great Himalayan National Park Conservation Area, of which the Sainj Sanctuary is a part. Census Figures: Black Bear (21), Brown Bear (2), Musk Deer (19), Goral (18), Bharal (31), Monal (12), Western Tragopan (3), Koklas (9), Kalij (10). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihood of local villagers of three villages in the sanctuary and graziers are dependant upon the natural resources of the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Phulech Thach, Galiyad and Mashiyar Villages Eco Treks: Shurikhand Mhadev through WLS.

10.IV.7 Tirthan Wildlife Sanctuary Year of establishment: 1976 Year of final Notification: (Section 26 of WPA, 1972): 1999: Notification.No. FFE-B-F(6)-14/99 dated 1.11.99. Area: 61 sq km Geographical location: District Kullu, 77°27'-77°37' E - 31°34'- 31°39' N. Altitude: 2,100-4,800 m Climate: Rainfall-1,500 mm; Temperature: -50 C - 300 C. Vegetation: Ban Oak forest; Moist deodar forest; Mixed coniferous forest, Kharsu Oak forest and Alpine and sub alpine grasslands. Reported Fauna: Snow Leopard, Himalayan Tahr, Musk Deer, Himalayan Brown Bear and Black Bear, Western Tragopan, Cheer, Kaleej, Koklas and Himalayan birds is there for the Great Himalayan National Park Conservation Area of which the Tirthan Sanctuary is a part. Census Figures: Black Bear (21), Barking Deer (2), Goral (23), Monal (28), Koklas (30), Kaleej (23). Conservation Issues and Land Use: Livelihoods of local villagers and graziers are dependent upon the natural resources of the sanctuary. Eco-tourism Spots: Shakti Village, Rakti Sar, Satogani Thach, Marore, Parkachi Thach. Eco-treks: Gushaini-Rolla-10 km, Rolla-Nada Thach-Majhoni- Tirath-4 km.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 150

Annexure 11 Application for Connectivity for Associated Hydropower Projects to HPPTCL system

(Text Taken from HPPTCL Website: www.hpptcl.gov.in)

H.P. Power Transmission Corporation Limited (A State Government Undertaking) Barowalias House, Khalini, Shimla-171002 (Telefax: 0177-2626284

HPPTCL Procedure for Making Application for Grant of Long Term Open Access

PROCEDURE FOR MAKING APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF CONNECTIVITY IN INTRA-STATE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (IaSTS)

PROCEDURE FOR MAKING APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF CONNECTIVITY IN IaSTS

1 OUTLINE 1.1 This Procedure is in accordance with the various provisions of the "H.P. State Electricity Regulatory Commission (Grant of Connectivity, Long-term Access and Medium-term Open Access in intra-state Transmission and related matters) Regulations, 2010, here in after referred to as "the Regulations". All applicants shall abide by the provisions of the Regulations.

1.2 This Procedure shall apply to the Applications made for Grant of Connectivity to the transmission lines or associated facilities of the Intra-State transmission system (laSTS), received by the State Transmission Utility (STU) on or after the date notified by the Commission of coming into force of the Regulations.

1.3 Application for grant of connectivity can be made by:-

1.3.1 A Generating station of installed capacity 2 MW and above, including a captive generating plant of exportable capacity of 2 MW and above.

1.3.2 A bulk consumer who intends to avail supply of a minimum load of 2 MW from the Intra-State Transmission System.

1.4 The applicant (Generator/bulk consumer) already connected to grid or state grid or for which connectivity is already granted under the present arrangement, shall not be allowed to apply for additional connectivity for the same capacity. In case of extension of capacity of generator or bulk consumer, however, it shall be required to make application for connectivity as per the provisions of these procedures.

1.5 The nodal agency for grant of Connectivity, Long-term access and Medium-term open access to the intra-state transmission system shall be the STU i.e. HPPTCL (H. P. POWER TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LTD. Barowalias House Khalini Shimla-2).

1.6 Applicant granted "Connectivity" will be required to sign "Connection Agreement" with STU prior to the physical inter-connection. In case the connectivity is granted to the laSTS of an intra -State transmission licensee/Distribution licensee other than the STU, a tripartite Agreement shall be signed between the applicant, the State Transmission Utility and such Intra-State transmission licensee/ Distribution licensee, in line with the provisions of the Regulations. After signing of the Agreement, STU will provide a copy of the same to the concerned SLDC.

1.7 The scheduling jurisdiction and procedure, metering, energy accounting and accounting of Unscheduled Interchange (UI) charges would be as per the relevant HPERC Regulations and the State Grid Code/Indian Electricity Grid Code, as amended from time to time.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 151

1.8 The applicant shall have to comply with the provisions of the Regulations, concerned with the MTOA & LTOA framed by HPERC/CERC from time to time and their amendments.

1.9 Joint Mode Evacuation: - The Application of IPP's who construct their projects in the same zone can also apply for connectivity jointly. The IPP's has to const. their own pooling station a/w dedicated feeder up to the inter-connection points or up to the point allotted by the STU/Distribution licensee as mutually agreed. The contract Agreement shall be signed by the STU and the nominated member /authorized person of the IPP's. The other guide lines as per HPERC (Power Procurement from Renewable Sources and Co-generation by distribution Licensee Regulation, 2007 /CERC issued time to time shall be followed.

2. INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE APPLICATION FOR CONNECTIVITY BY GENERATING STATION.

2.1 In order to assess preparedness of applicant making application for the connectivity to the laSTS, an applicant is required to submit along with its application, documents in support of having initiated specific actions for project preparatory activities in respect of matters mentioned in (i) to (vi) below. i) Site identification and land acquisition: The applicant shall inform land required for the generation project along with extent to which the same have been acquired and taken possession of. The "Requirement" of land would be considered as indicated in the proposal filed with the competent authority for seeking environmental clearances. In case of land to be acquired under the Land Acquisition Act 1894, the applicant shall submit copy of notification issued for such land under Section - 4 of the Land Acquisition Act 1894 In all other cases, the applicant shall furnish documentary evidence in the form of certificate by concerned and competent revenue / registration authority for the acquisition / ownership / vesting of the land. ii) Environmental clearance for the power station: The applicant shall have to inform status on submission of requisite proposal, for the environmental clearance, to the concerned administrative authority (first level submission). iii) Forest Clearance (if applicable) of the land for the power station: The applicant shall have to inform status on submission of requisite proposal, for the forest clearance, to the concerned administrative authority (first level submission). iv) Fuel Arrangements: Details on fuel arrangements shall have to be informed for the quantity of fuel required to generate power from the power station for the total installed capacity intended for connectivity. v) Water linkage: The applicant shall inform the status of approval from the concerned irrigation department or any other relevant authority for the quantity of water required for the power station. These evidences shall be supported by a sworn affidavit by the generation project developer as per the format given at "FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY-1". vi) Other Statutory clearance :- The Applicant shall also provide the necessary approvals from the concerned Deptt./local authorities as applicable :- a) Forest clearance form Forest Deptt. b) TEC clearances from Energy Directorate c) CEA clearance d) NOC from local authorities /Panchayat/IPH/B&R Deptt. e) Government Clearance for muck disposal f) Wild life clearances g) Aviation clearance h) Others , if any as applicable or as decided by the STU

3. SUBMISSION OF APPLICATION 3.1 The application for Grant of Connectivity to laSTS should be submitted in a sealed envelope with "Application for Grant of Connectivity" clearly marked on the envelope. The application shall be

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 152

addressed to:

The General Manger (Planning & Contract) H. P. Power Transmission Corporation Limited Barowalias house Khalini Shimla-2 Himachal Pradesh Ph. No. 0177-2620227 Fax: 0177 — 2626284

3.2 The application for Grant of Connectivity to laSTS shall be made as per the application format for connectivity and shall contain details such as, geographical location of the generation project, unit- wise commissioning schedule, etc. [FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY -2: Application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable fee as specified in the Regulations i.e.

3.3 "Application for Grant of Connectivity"

Sr. No. Quantum of Power to be injected/off takenApplication Fees (Rs. Lakhs) into/from State TransmissionNon-refundable system 1 2 MW to 5 MW 2.00 2 More Than 5MW and up to 10 MW 4.00 3 More Than 10 MW and above. 6.00

3.4 Application fees are to be paid through Demand Draft or directly credited to H. P. POWER TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LTD. Account electronically through RTGS (Real-time gross settlement) as per details given below: a) Payee : H. P. Power Transmission Corp. Ltd. Shimla-2 b) Name of Bank : State Bank of India, Shimla. c) Branch : New Shimla-2. d) IFSC : SBIN0004122 e) A/c No. : MCA 30731547992

Provided that proof of payment directly credited to above H. P. POWER TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LTD. account must be attached with the application.

3.5 All applications received during the month shall be treated to have been made concurrently.

3.6 An incomplete Application, and/or an Application not found to be in conformity with these Procedures and Regulations, shall be rejected.

4. CHANGES TO THE APPLICATION ALREADY MADE 4.1 Any material change in the location of the generation project/drawl point or change(by more than 2 MW) in the quantum of power to be interchanged with the intra-State transmission system shall require filing of fresh application along with applicable fees and the already filed application shall be considered disposed and application fee shall be forfeited.

4.2 If any applicant has already been granted connectivity but the process of construction by the STU or intra-state licensee other than the STU has not yet started and the applicant subsequently applies afresh with material changes or change by more than 2 MW in the quantum of power to be interchanged as provided above in para —4.1, then the already granted connectivity shall stand cancelled.

4.3 Application for any minor changes, i.e. material change in location or change in installed capacity of 2 MW shall have to be submitted in the same application format [FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY -2: "Application for Grant of Connectivity"]

5. GRANT OF CONNECTIVITY 5.1 On receipt of the application, the STU shall, in consultation and through coordination with other agencies involved in Intra-State transmission system to be used, including Distribution Licensee/CTU or other transmission licensees , STU shall process the application and carry out, as

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 153

the case may be the necessary inter-connection study as specified in the Central Electricity Authority Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007 or the H.P. Electricity Distribution code 2009/ the Grid code, 2008.

5.2 The intimation for grant of connectivity shall be communicated to the applicant within 60 days from last day of the month in which the application has been received as per FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY - 3.

5.3 Applicant given intimation for Connectivity to the grid shall have to furnish additional details to STU for signing of "Connection Agreement" as per format given at FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY -4, These details are to be furnished to STU at least 2 (two) years prior to physical interconnection, unless otherwise indicated by STU. The Applicants are, however advised to furnish such details as early as possible for enabling them have lead time for any type of access.

5.4 The STU will process the above information and will intimate the Connection details as per format given at FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY -5. Pursuant to such Connection details, the applicant shall have to sign "Connection Agreement" with STU prior to the physical inter-connection as per format given at "FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY -6". In case the connectivity is granted to the laSTS of an Intra- State transmission licensee other than the STU, a tripartite agreement shall be signed between the applicant, the State Transmission Utility and such intra-State transmission licensee, in line with the provisions of the Regulations. After signing of the Agreement, STU will provide a copy of the same to the concerned SLDC.

6. INTERCHANGE OF POWER WITH THE INTRA STATE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

6.1. The grant of connectivity shall not entitle an applicant to interchange any power with the grid unless it obtains long-term access, medium-term open access or short-term open access.

6.2. However, generating station, including captive generating plant, which has been granted connectivity to the grid shall be allowed with the consent of SLDC/Distribution Licensee to undertake interchange of power including drawl of power for commissioning activities and injection of infirm power in to the grid during full load testing before being put into commercial operation, even before availing any type of open access, after obtaining permission of the concerned State Load Dispatch Centre., which shall keep grid security in view while granting such permission. This infirm power from a generating station or a unit thereof, other than those based on non-conventional energy sources, the tariff of which is determined by the State Electricity Regulatory Commission, will be governed by the H.P. State Electricity Regulatory Commission (Terms and Conditions for determination of Transmission Tariff) Regulations, 2007. The power injected into the grid from other generating stations during such testing shall also be charged at UI rates.

6.3. The Generating Station including Captive Generating Station shall submit likely date of synchronization, likely quantum and period of injection of infirm power before being put into commercial operation to the concerned SLDC at least one month in advance.

7. CONSTRUCTION OF DEDICATED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

7.1. An applicant may be required by the STU to construct a dedicated system to the point of Inter- connection to enable connectivity to the grid which shall be owned operated and maintained by the applicant.

7.2. However, a thermal generating station of 250 MW and above and a hydro generating station of 100 MW and above, other than a captive generating plant, shall not be required to construct a dedicated line to the point of connection and such stations shall be taken into account for coordinated transmission planning by the STU and CEA.

7.3. In all the cases where dedicated transmission system up to point of connection is to be undertaken by STU / Intra-State Transmission licensee, the applicant after grant of connectivity shall sign transmission agreement as per the format given at FORMATCON-8 within one month of the grant of connectivity. Further applicant shall furnish Bank Guarantee (BG) for the amount EITHER (a) at the rate of Rs. 2 Lakhs/MW (or such amount as amended from time to time, with the approval of the Commission) if the connectivity requires transmission lines up to 20 km OR (b) at the rate of Rs. 5

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 154

lakhs/MW (or amount as amended from time to time in the Regulations if the connectivity requires transmission lines more than 20 km. The BG as per format given at "FORMAT-CONNECTIVITY -7" should be made in favour of STU / Transmission licensee within one month of signing of transmission agreement with validity up to commissioning of above transmission system. In case application for Grant of Connectivity and Grant of Long Term Access are made concurrently or after a time gap, then the requirement of submission of above BG should be read in conjunction with the clause for Bank Guarantee of Rs. 5 lakhs/MW for construction/augmentation of transmission system under "Procedure for Grant of Long Term Access". In such cases the total BG required to be submitted for both the construction of dedicated line as well as for augmentation of transmission system together, at any time, shall not exceed Rs. 5 Lakhs/MW. The time frame for commissioning of above dedicated transmission system from the signing of Bulk Power Transmission Agreement (BPTA Owould be 9 months plus the time lines as specified by HPERC in tariff regulations or actual date of commissioning desired by the applicant and agreed to by the STU, whichever is earlier. If the applicant is not able to complete the process which is beyond the control of the company or the applicant or Intra-State transmission licensee/Distribution licensee as the case may be, which could not be foreseen or with a reasonable amount of diligence could not have been foreseen and which substantially affects the performance of the agreement. Force Majeure events would include:  Natural phenomenon including but not limited to floods, droughts, earthquake and epidemics;  war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed conflict or act of foreign enemy in each case involving or directly affecting India, revaluation, riot, insurrection or other civil commotion, act of terrorism or sabotage in each case within India;  Nuclear explosion, radioactive or chemical contamination or ionizing radiation directly affecting the generation station, captive generating plant or bulk consumer, Intra-State transmission system of the STU or Intra -State Transmission licensee / Distribution licensee other than STU, or any facility or system that is integral to and substantial for the performance of this agreement.  Any event or circumstances of nature analogues to any events set forth above within India. Provided either party shall within fifteen (15) days from the occurrence of such a Force Majeure event notify the other in writing of such cause(s).

Neither of the parties shall be liable for delays in performing obligations on account of any force majeure causes as referred to and/or defined above.

7.4. If dedicated line is to be constructed and terminated by the applicant as per the Connection Agreement, the modifications at the Inter- connection point required to be under taken by STU/Distribution Licensee would be undertaken on deposit of estimated cost by applicant. In this case there shall be no requirement of BG.

7.5. Provided further that if the dedicated transmission system is also used by any other user(s) at a later date, then the transmission charges for above dedicated transmission system would be shared in proportion to the quantum of power injected by respective user into the grid, as per the system in vogue at that time.

8. GENERAL 8.1. The applicant shall keep the STU/nodal agency and HPSLDC indemnified at all times and shall undertake to indemnify, defend and keep the nodal agency, SLDC harmless from any and all damages, losses, claims and actions including those relating to injury to or death of any person or damage to property, demands, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from such grant of connectivity.

8.2. All costs/expenses/charges associated with the application, including bank draft, bank guarantee etc. shall be borne by the applicant.

8.3. The applicant shall abide by the provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003, the HPERC Regulations/Central Electricity Authority Technical standards for connectivity to grid regulation , 2007 or H.P. Electricity Distribution Code, 2009 and Grid Code, 2008 /Indian Electricity Grid Code, as amended from time to time.

8.4. This procedure aims at easy and pragmatic disposal of applications made for Connectivity to laSTS. However, some teething problems may still be experienced. The various implications would be known only after practical experience is gained by way of implementing these procedures. In order to resolve the same, this procedure shall be reviewed or revised by the Nodal agency with prior

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited 155

approval of HPERC.

8.5. All complaints regarding unfair practices, delays, discrimination, lack of information, supply of wrong information or any other matter related to grant of connectivity to laSTS shall be directed to HPERC for redressal.

IEE for Tranche 2 Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Project Implementing Agency – HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited